Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Carrier Global

Carrier Global

carr · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker carr
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Carrier Global
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
DELIVERING 

GROW TH   

Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
CARR’S GROUP PLC  
IS FOCUSED ON THE 
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 
OF AGRICULTURE  
AND ENGINEERING 

Carr’s Group plc is an international 
business operating across the 
Agriculture and Engineering sectors 
which supplies products and services 
to over 50 countries around the world.

The Agriculture division includes a 
livestock supplementation business 
which manufactures feed blocks, 
boluses and other trace element 
supplements from locations across 
the UK, USA and Europe. These 
products are supplied through an 
extensive distribution network to 
farming customers across the globe. 
In the UK the division also sells 
animal feed, fertiliser, animal health 

products, oil, farm machinery and 
rural supplies from a network of  
43 country stores and depots.

The Engineering division designs 
and manufactures specialist 
precision components, equipment, 
robotic goods and remote handling 
equipment, and provides technical 
services, from three sites in the UK, 
one site in Germany and, two sites  
in the USA. These highly specialised 
products and services are supplied 
predominately into the nuclear, 
pharmaceutical and oil and gas markets. 

The Group is listed on the London 
Stock Exchange.

02

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Financial Highlights

Continuing operations only

.

m
2
3
0
4
£

m
8
.
1
4
3
£

m
3
.
1
3
3
£

.

m
2
6
4
3
£

.

m
9
4
1
3
£

.

m
2
3
1
£

m
7
.
3
1
£

m

1
.
4
1
£

.

m
5
5
1
£

.

m
0
0
1
£

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

Revenue
£403.2m
16.5% up from 2017

Pre-Tax Profit
£15.5m
55.0% up from 2017

Contents

Strategic Report

01  Financial Highlights

02  The Group at a Glance

04  Chairman’s Statement

06  Group Strategy

07  Business Strategies

08  Chief Executive’s Review

14  Risk Management

17  Viability Statement

18  Financial Review

20  Key Performance Indicators

21  The Board

22  Corporate Responsibility

p
9
9

.

p
0
0
1

.

p
7
.
0
1

p
0
3
1

.

p
7
.
7

p
7
.
3

p
8
3

.

p
0
4

.

p
4
3

.

p
5
4

.

Corporate Governance

26  Corporate Governance Report

30  Audit Committee Report

33  Remuneration Committee Report

44  Nominations Committee Report

46  Directors’ Report

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

Earnings Per Share*
13.0p
68.8% up from 2017

Dividend Per Share*
4.5p
12.5% up from 2017

*Restated for the effect of the 10:1 share split in January 2015

View this report online
www.carrsgroup.com

Financial Statements

49 

Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
members of Carr’s Group plc

55  Consolidated Income Statement

56  Consolidated and Company 

Statements of Comprehensive Income

57  Consolidated and Company  

Balance Sheets

58  Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity

59  Company Statement  

of Changes in Equity

60  Consolidated and Company  
Statements of Cash Flows

61  Principal Accounting Policies

66  Notes to the Financial Statements

104 Five Year Statement

106  Directory of Operations 

107  Registered Office and Advisers

01

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsThe Group at a Glance

Carr’s is an international group focused on 
developing innovative products and solutions  
for its diverse customer base which spans  
over 50 countries globally. Its broad  
geographic spread and depth of divisional 
activity are central to its strategy and provide 
strength in an increasingly volatile global 
economic environment.

STRENGTH 
THROUGH 
DIVERSITY

The Group continues to concentrate upon 
growth, both organically and through 
acquisition, within its core markets of 
Agriculture and Engineering.

Agriculture
OVERVIEW AND MARKETS

The Agriculture division develops, manufactures and 
distributes a range of innovative livestock supplementation 
products under highly regarded brands. The division also 
services the UK farming and rural communities through  
a network of retail stores and fuel businesses.

Its branded product ranges include feed blocks sold under  
the Crystalyx®, Horslyx®, SmartLic® and Megastart® brands  
and boluses sold under the Tracesure® and Allsure® brands.

Operational Locations
The division’s products are manufactured in the USA, Germany 
and the UK and are sold through a vast distribution network 
across the UK, Europe, North America, South America  
and Australasia.

Customer Base
Leading livestock farmers across the globe in the dairy, beef, 
sheep, pig and equine sectors.  

Total Employees*: 678

467

211

Engineering
OVERVIEW AND MARKETS

The Engineering division designs and manufactures  
bespoke equipment, and provides specialist technology  
and engineering solutions, for the nuclear, oil and gas, and 
petrochemical industries. 

Its diverse range of products and services includes 
manipulators and robotics (including TELBOT®), patented 
technologies (including MSIP®), radiation protection  
and decontamination, specialist fabrication and  
precision machining. 

Operational Locations
The division is spread across a number of key sites in the UK, 
Germany, and in the USA. Products and services are supplied 
worldwide across Europe, North and South America, Asia, 
Africa and Australasia. 

Customer Base
Leading companies and government bodies across  
the worldwide nuclear, research, oil and gas, and 
pharmaceutical industries.

Total Employees*: 366

297

69

*As at 1 September 2018. Figures exclude Head Office.

02

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018International Distribution

CANADA

RUSSIA

ICELAND

UK

USA

FRANCE

SPAIN

GERMANY

CYPRUS
EGYPT

KAZAKHSTAN

TURKEY
JORDAN

KUWAIT

PAKISTAN

QATAR

UNITED ARAB
EMIRATES

CHINA

JAPAN

SOUTH KOREA

TAIWAN

Our Engineering and Agriculture  
divisions distribute to customers  
all over the world.

BRAZIL

URUGUAY

ARGENTINA

UK
Locations

  Head Office

  Engineering

  Agriculture

INDONESIA

MAURITIUS

SOUTH AFRICA

AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

AGRICULTURE
European Distribution

NORWAY

SWEDEN

UK

DENMARK 

NETHERLANDS

IRELAND 

BELGIUM

GERMANY

POLAND

CZECH 
REPUBLIC

FINLAND 

ESTONIA

LATVIA
LITHUANIA
BELARUS

SLOVAKIA

UKRAINE

ROMANIA

AUSTRIA

HUNGARY

FRANCE SWITZERLAND

SERBIA

PORTUGAL

SPAIN

CROATIA

ITALY

GREECE BULGARIA

ENGINEERING
European Distribution

NORWAY

SWEDEN

NETHERLANDS

UK

BELGIUM

GERMANY

FRANCE

SWITZERLAND

CZECH 
REPUBLIC
AUSTRIA

ITALY

03

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
Chairman’s Statement

The Group remains committed to delivering on its strategic 
objectives of investing in its people and its asset base,  
whilst continuing to drive innovation and delivering growth 
across our two divisions, with a focus on broadening  
our geographic footprint. 

During the year we have continued to invest 
in our people. Due to the retirement  
of a number of key, long-standing senior 
managers, we have recruited high calibre 
successors for a number of our businesses, 
including the appointment of a new 
Managing Director for our USA feed blocks 
business and a new Managing Director for 
our UK feed blocks business. In addition,  
the appointment of a new Divisional 
Managing Director for the Engineering 
division in November 2017 is driving the 
strategic focus and growth of that division. 

In line with our strategy, we have continued 
to invest in technology and innovation to 
grow the business internationally. Following 
the commissioning of the new low moisture 
feed block plant in Tennessee, the site is 
now fully operational, and volumes continue 
to build. We also expanded our remote 
handling facility in Markdorf, Germany  
which has enabled us to complete the full 
integration of the STABER business, acquired 
in October 2016, within Wälischmiller. 

Following the year end we acquired Animax 
Limited, a producer of market-leading trace 
element supplements, for a total cash 
consideration of up to £8.5m. This acquisition 
is highly complementary to our global feed 
blocks business and aligns with our stated 
strategy of investing in growing agriculture 
markets in the UK and internationally.  
We will continue to appraise new 
opportunities in line with our strategy.

REVIEW OF THE YEAR

For the year ended 1 September 2018,  
the Group has delivered a performance 
ahead of the Board’s expectations and 
significantly ahead of the prior year.  
Both our Agriculture and Engineering 
divisions have benefitted from the 
investments made in previous years, 
particularly the acquisition of NuVision, 
as well as a recovery in our UK  
Manufacturing business and continued 
improvements in our underlying markets. 

In our Agriculture division, UK Agriculture 
continued to perform strongly reflecting 
improved farm incomes and higher levels  
of farmer confidence. In the USA, cattle 
prices improved steadily during the year 
supporting a recovery in USA feed block 
volumes, which were significantly ahead  
of the prior year. UK feed blocks performed 
in line with expectations. In Europe, feed 
block sales volumes through our joint 
venture business based in Germany, 
Crystalyx Products GmbH, continued to 
grow. Our plans to develop the feed block 
business internationally remain on track. 

Our Engineering division delivered a 
significantly improved financial result 
compared to the prior year. We saw a strong 
recovery in our UK Manufacturing business, 
with the significant contract announced in 
July 2017 performing as expected and the 
benefit of improved controls over contract 
profitability. Our Remote Handling business 
also performed strongly, benefiting from  
the delivery of substantial contracts into  
the Chinese market. NuVision, acquired  
in August 2017, performed well in its first  
full year as part of the Group, securing 
several significant contracts to be delivered 
over the next three years. The business was 
also successfully integrated into the wider 
Engineering division.

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIRMAN

04

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018FINANCIAL REVIEW

DIVIDEND

OUTLOOK

Revenue for the year increased by 16.5%  
to £403.2m (2017: £346.2m). Adjusted 
operating profit, which is before  
amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
and non-recurring items, was up 44.4%  
to £17.5m (2017: £12.1m), with Agriculture 
contributing £13.4m (2017: £11.4m) and 
Engineering £4.1m (2017: £0.6m). Reported 
operating profit was up 53.5% at £16.4m 
(2017: £10.7m). Non-recurring items include 
certain acquisition related costs totalling 
£0.3m and a write-off of goodwill relating  
to the UK Manufacturing business, Bendalls, 
totalling £0.5m. 

Adjusted profit before tax was up 45.2%  
to £16.6m (2017: £11.4m) and reported  
profit before tax was up 55.0% at £15.5m 
(2017: £10.0m). Basic earnings per share  
were up by 68.8% to 13.0 pence (2017: 7.7 
pence), with fully diluted earnings per  
share of 12.7 pence (2017: 7.6 pence) and 
adjusted earnings per share, excluding 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
and non-recurring items, of 13.9 pence  
(2017: 8.9 pence). 

Net debt at 1 September 2018 was £15.4m 
(2017: £14.1m). The movement included 
£11.5m generated from operations, £7.1m 
used in investing activities and £3.8m paid  
in dividends.

The Board is proposing a final dividend  
of 2.35 pence per ordinary share, which 
together with the two interim dividends  
of 1.075 pence per ordinary share paid  
on 21 May 2018 and 5 October 2018, make  
a total of 4.5 pence per share for the year 
(2017: 4.0 pence per share). The final 
dividend, if approved by the Shareholders, 
will be paid on 11 January 2019, to 
Shareholders on the register on close of 
business 30 November 2018, and the shares 
will go ex-dividend on 29 November 2018.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

During the year, we have continued to  
review our governance framework following  
a number of changes implemented in 2017, 
including changing the membership of our 
Audit and Remuneration Committees and 
revising our policy on executive remuneration 
following a consultation with certain major 
shareholders. We were pleased to receive 
overwhelming support for these changes  
at our AGM in January 2018 and our 
Remuneration Committee will continue to 
consult with major shareholders on specific 
policy matters as and when appropriate.  

In July this year, the Financial Reporting  
Council published its revised Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 which will apply  
to the Group from September 2019  
onwards. The revised Code introduces  
some important changes to UK corporate 
governance. During the course of the current 
financial year, we will continue to review  
our governance practices to ensure that we  
are well placed moving into the new regime.  
As a Group, we remain committed to 
promoting a robust and transparent 
governance framework which will continue  
to serve the interests of all our stakeholders.

The Group remains committed to 
delivering on its strategic objectives 
of investing in its people and its 
asset base, whilst continuing to 
drive innovation and delivering 
growth across our two divisions, 
with a focus on broadening our 
geographic footprint. 

The Board remains confident in the 
prospects of the UK Agriculture 
business in the near term following 
the sustained recovery in farm 
incomes. While we now have 
greater visibility in relation to 
farming support post Brexit, we 
remain cautious over the nature of 
future trade agreements with the 
EU and the rest of the world. We 
expect the gradual recovery in USA 
cattle prices to continue in the 
current financial year, which, 
together with the acquisition of 
Animax and expansion into other 
geographic markets, provides  
a solid base for growth in the 
Agriculture division. 

In Engineering, order books remain 
strong across most of the businesses 
and the recovery in the division’s 
financial performance is expected  
to continue. We continue to invest 
in product development and 
improved production methods to 
support the future growth of the 
division. While uncertainty remains 
over the potential impact of Brexit 
on certain supply chains, we remain 
encouraged by the growth 
opportunities available, particularly 
in the USA and Asia, which we 
continue to develop. 

Trading in the new financial year  
has started in line with the Board’s 
expectations. We remain confident 
that our investments in acquisitions, 
research and product innovation 
position the Group well for 
sustained growth. 

CHRIS HOLMES DL 
Chairman 
19 November 2018

05

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
Group Strategy

Vision

To be recognised as a truly international business at the forefront  
of technology and innovation in our chosen markets.

Investment in assets  
to ensure long term  
competitive advantage 

Seen and recognised  
as leaders in innovation 

T

E

C

I N N OVATION

H

N

O

L

O

G

Y

AGRICULTURE

ENGINEERING

T

N

E

VEST M

IN

S
E
R
V

I

C

E

E

X

C

E

L

L

E

N

C

E

P

E

O

P

L

E

E
U
L
A
D V
U ISITIO

S
N

D E

Q

C

A

D

A

Investing in people that  
will shape the business  
in ten years’ time 

International  
expansion in high value  
growing market sectors

Strategic Objectives

•  Build business value by  

•  Differentiate ourselves through  

focusing on markets with  

innovation and technology

  growth potential 

 •  Grow and diversify our  
international footprint

•  Lead in our chosen markets

06

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
Business Strategies

Building on a strong core
Our business strategy is centred upon: 
growing our international footprint; 
building value in growth markets; 
differentiating through innovation 
and technology; and, consequently, 
leading in our chosen markets. 

We continue to build on the strong core established across  
our Agriculture and Engineering divisions through carefully 
chosen investments and strategic acquisitions which  
enhance our market position and value-adding capability.  
Of key strategic importance is that Carr’s operates in the  
right markets with future growth potential. We continually 
review current and future growth opportunities which align 
with our strategy.

OUR KEY STRENGTHS

GLOBAL MARKETS

Wide range of export markets  

across the globe supplied from  

key manufacturing plants in UK,  

mainland Europe and across  

the USA.

CORE COMPETENCIES

Deep industry knowhow delivering 

market leading solutions backed  

up with world leading capability.

MARKET LEADING PRODUCTS

Leading branded products such as 

Crystalyx®, Horslyx®, SmartLic®,  

Tracesure® and Allsure® in Agriculture  

and MSIP®, Powerfluidics™, TELBOT®  

and A1000 in Engineering. 

DOING THE RIGHT THING

Management style that  

encourages entrepreneurial  

drive and innovation  

backed up by key values –  

respect, trust and integrity.

Agriculture

Farm incomes improved in early 2018 and, although milk prices 
pulled back a little, they have since stabilised. Dry weather has 
negatively impacted farmers through the summer months and 
Brexit continues to create uncertainty. Nonetheless, global sales 
of Feed Blocks across the Group are significantly increased over 
our last financial year.

The Group’s strategic ambition across the Agriculture  
division remains to strengthen its global position through 
the enhancement and development of its international 
supplementation business. In the UK, the division aims  
to continue to build its presence and depth of offering; 
supporting our core farming customers in chosen locations. 

KEY STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENTS
•  Continuing to fill capacities and optimise the use of our  
plants in core markets such as the USA and Germany.

•  Building production levels in our recently commissioned low 
moisture feed block plant in Shelbyville, Tennessee which 
provides improved geographic reach in the USA.

•  Driving our expansion into New Zealand and South America 

through the establishment of key relationships and 
completing local research to demonstrate the efficacy  
of our products.

•  Enhancing our international supplementation business 

through the acquisition of Animax Limited.

Engineering

Global opportunities across the nuclear industry continue to 
offer a good platform on which to continue to develop and 
strengthen our Engineering division. Our UK Manufacturing 
business recovered significantly during the financial year and is 
now well positioned in the medium term. The integration of 
NuVision, since its acquisition in August 2017, has been 
completed according to plan. The acquisition has not only 
brought further innovation, technology and services into the 
Group, but it has provided a foothold for our Remote Handling 
offering in the USA which represents a significant opportunity.

The Group’s strategic ambition for the Engineering division is to 
maximise the benefits of synergies to enhance its offering of 
proven technologies to its global customer base in the nuclear, 
oil and gas and pharmaceutical sectors, and to continue to grow 
and strengthen the division through complementary acquisition.

KEY STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENTS
•  Appointment of new Divisional Managing Director to drive 

focus and growth in Engineering.

•  Strengthening of management team in UK Manufacturing. 
•  Continuing to invest in innovation and technology, with 
product development programme in Remote Handling 
progressing well.

•  Extension of premises at Markdorf, Germany complete 
together with full integration of the STABER business, 
acquired in October 2016. 

•  Showroom of Wälischmiller products under construction  

at Charlotte, North Carolina. 

07

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsChief Executive’s Review

We recognise the enormous contribution of our people across 
the businesses which has enabled the Group to deliver a strong 
result for the year.

A YEAR OF DELIVERING GROWTH

The year has seen significant progress  
for the Group, with our financial 
performance ahead of the Board’s 
expectations and significantly  
improved upon the prior year across  
both Agriculture and Engineering.  
We continued to deliver our strategic 
objectives, which are consistent with  
our vision to be recognised as a truly 
international business at the forefront  
of innovation and technology.

During the year we were also able  
to make significant progress with senior 
management succession plans for a 
number of key leadership roles across  
the Group, as well as continuing to invest 
in our own programmes to develop  
our next generation of leaders. People 
remain fundamental to our businesses; 
we recognise the enormous contribution 
of our people across the businesses which 
has enabled the Group to deliver a strong 
result for the year. Another key driver is 
keeping everyone safe, and we have 
continued to focus on safety throughout 
the financial year, improving our reporting 
mechanisms and further embedding our 
safety culture.

Agriculture

The Agriculture division has performed 
strongly this year, as a result of 
improvements in underlying markets  
as well as the investments made in 
recent years. 

During the year, revenue was up  
13.8% to £359.6m (2017: £315.9m). 
Adjusted operating profit was up  
16.9% to £13.4m (2017: £11.4m) and 
reported operating profit was up  
20.1% to £13.0m (2017: £10.8m).

FEED BLOCKS

Total global feed block sales volumes 
were up 15.0% compared to last year. 

Our USA feed blocks business was 
significantly ahead of last year with sales 
volumes up 17.7%. This performance was 
driven by the ongoing recovery in cattle 
prices in the USA. Our new low moisture 

feed block plant in Tennessee is now 
fully operational and provides additional 
capacity and access to new markets 
across the Eastern and South Eastern 
states of the USA.

UK feed blocks sales volumes were up 
8.9%, in line with expectations. 

Our joint venture business based in 
Germany, Crystalyx Products GmbH, 
performed strongly during the period 
with sales volumes up 12.4%, due to 
improved farm incomes following a 
recovery in the milk price across Europe. 

Our plans to grow our feed blocks 
business internationally continue to 
progress well. In New Zealand, our direct 
sales operation distributing to farmers 
through merchants has continued to 
grow, with supply agreements now in 
place with several of the country’s 
leading agricultural merchants. In South 
America, we are now supplying products 
through our chosen distributors and 
made our first commercial sales during 
the year. Farm trials continue to 
demonstrate the efficacy of our 
products, providing local evidence which 
we will use in support of our plans to 
develop our market in South America. 

The strength of our brands, including 
Crystalyx®, SmartLic®, Megastart®, FlaxLic® 
and Horslyx®, continue to enable us to 
drive growth and expand internationally 
and we remain focused on investment  
in new product development.

TIM DAVIES
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

OPERATING PROFIT* 
BY SECTOR

AGRICULTURE

£13.4m
16.9% UP from 2017

ENGINEERING

£4.1m
533.5% UP from 2017

*Before amortisation of acquired intangible  
assets and non-recurring items

08

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018UK AGRICULTURE

UK Agriculture continued to perform 
well across all areas of the business, 
reflecting improved farm incomes and 
ongoing farmer confidence. 
Manufactured feed volumes were up 
8.7%, in line with the national average. 
Key drivers for the increased volumes 
were the late Spring and the dry 
weather during the summer months. 

Our retail business delivered a strong 
performance during the period, with the 
country store network reporting an 
increase of 4.4% in like-for-like sales and 
a 12.1% increase in total sales. The 
increase in total sales was primarily 
driven by the acquisition of Pearson 
Farm Supplies, an agricultural retail 
business with locations across Yorkshire, 
Lancashire and North West Wales, which 
was completed in October 2017. This 
business has now been successfully 
integrated and as expected the 
acquisition has enabled synergies to be 
achieved with our existing retail business 
and the team has settled in well. Our 
retail footprint currently stands at 43 
locations. 

Machinery sales revenues were ahead of 
the prior year, up 7.8%, a new record 
level of sales, as the business continued 
to benefit from an improved trading 
environment. We also invested in the 
expansion of our machinery branch at 
Morpeth, Northumberland, during the 
year to provide additional workshop 
capacity, improving our after-sales 
service capability. 

The oil distribution business delivered 
sales volumes that were 4.6% ahead of 
the prior year. The business saw higher 
demand for heating oil in the colder 
months earlier in the year, partially offset 
by a reduction in on-farm activity during 
the drier summer months. 

STRATEGIC ACQUISITION

On 21 September 2018 we acquired 
Animax Limited, a producer of  
market-leading trace element 
supplementation products for livestock, 
for an initial cash consideration of £6m. 
Additional cash consideration of up to  
a maximum of £2.5m is payable over the 
period to November 2020, based on the 
achievement of agreed financial targets.

Animax, based in Suffolk in the UK, is at 
the forefront of innovation in the field of 
livestock trace element supplementation. 
Its patent-protected leaching boluses 
are proven to release trace elements in  
a controlled and consistent manner over 
prolonged periods, resulting in improved 
animal performance. The boluses are 
currently sold in the UK and overseas 
under the Tracesure® and Allsure® brands. 
Animax also produces other leading 
animal health and trace element 
supplementation products sold under 
well-known brands including Copasure®, 
Copinox®, Coprac®, Easycal® and Pardevit®.

Animax broadens the Group’s animal 
health and supplementation product 
ranges that deliver added value to 
farmers. Its products are highly 
complementary to the established Carr’s 

Group feed block business across the USA, 
New Zealand, Europe, UK and Ireland.

Carr’s will support the growth and 
development of Animax through 
investment in research to develop  
new products and by investing in 
manufacturing efficiencies. In addition, 
Carr’s expects significant manufacturing, 
distribution and sales synergy benefits to 
be realised as a result of the acquisition.

AGRICULTURE OUTLOOK

We remain confident in the prospects  
of UK Agriculture in the near term 
following the sustained recovery in farm 
incomes. We now have greater visibility 
on the impact of Brexit on farming 
support in the near term, although 
uncertainty remains over future trade 
agreements with the EU and the rest  
of the world. 

Internationally, the gradual recovery  
in the USA cattle market seen through 
the course of the year is expected  
to be sustained, which will contribute  
to the future growth of this business. 

We remain focused on developing  
our global supplements business. The 
acquisition of Animax is in line with that 
strategy; it builds on our established 
global feed blocks business and provides 
a broader platform for the next phase  
of international growth across the 
Agriculture division. We also remain alert 
to other suitable acquisition opportunities 
where we believe there is a strong 
commercial and strategic rationale.

09

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsChief Executive’s Review (continued)

Case Study: Animax Limited

1 The bolus is inserted orally using a 

specially designed Animax applicator.

2 The bolus enters the rumen/

reticulum and lodges there.  
Its optimum density minimises 
the chance of regurgitation.

3

Trace elements leach out from the bolus  
to give the optimum daily supplementation 
for approximately 6 months.

4 Spent boluses eventually 

become enlarged and are 
shed, by being regurgitated  
or excreted, usually  
after about 12 months.

1

4

2

3

Animax Bolus Technology

On 21 September 2018, Carr’s Group plc was delighted to announce 
its acquisition of Animax Limited, a producer of market-leading trace 
element supplementation products for livestock. 

Animax was founded in 1982 by veterinarian Les Porter who 
recognised that technology designed to increase yields and 
production, optimise fertility and support animal health would 
become increasingly important in modern farming around the world.

Over the years, and through sustained investment in research, 
Animax has developed world renowned expertise in manufacturing 
bolus products which effectively release trace elements into 
livestock consistently and over periods of up to six months. 

Animax’s product ranges, including its patent-protected leaching 
boluses sold under the Tracesure® and Allsure® brands, are 
manufactured in the UK from its premises in Suffolk and supplied  
to farming customers globally through a wide distribution network. 

Other well respected Animax brands and licensed medicinal products 
include Copasure®, Copinox®, Coprac®, Easycal® and Pardevit®. 

These products are highly complementary to the Group’s existing 
global supplementation business and broaden the Group’s range  
of products which bring added value to farmers.

For more information on Animax and its product ranges,  
please visit www.animax-vet.com.

10

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Engineering

The Engineering division has seen  
a significant improvement in financial 
performance during the year, following the 
challenges experienced in 2017 which were 
largely attributable to one major contract 
delay in the UK Manufacturing business. 
That contract is back on track and 
performing in line with our expectations.

During the year, revenue was up 43.6%  
to £43.6m (2017: £30.4m). Adjusted 
operating profit was up 533.5% to £4.1m 
(2017: £0.6m) and reported operating profit 
was up to £3.4m (2017: loss of £0.1m).

UK MANUFACTURING 

Our UK Manufacturing business recovered 
strongly during the year generating 
revenues of £18.4m (2017: £13.0m). Work 
on the significant contract announced 
in July 2017 continues to progress and 
the order book remains strong. Although 
there has been a significant improvement 
in the trading performance during the 

year, goodwill of £0.5m was written 
off as a result of an impairment review 
undertaken.

During the year we strengthened the 
management team in our fabrication 
business with the appointment  
of a new Managing Director and  
Commercial Director. 

In our precision engineering business,  
the continued recovery of the oil  
price, together with strengthened 
management, more effective business 
development and enhanced 
manufacturing efficiencies, has delivered 
a significant uplift in revenues.

orders into China, awarded in 2017, have 
all now been successfully delivered during 
the year. As expected, following the 
successful completion of these contracts, 
the order book in the near term is softer 
than last year, but this is not expected to 
impact on overall divisional performance 
and medium-term prospects for our 
Remote Handling business remain positive. 

The extension of our facility in Markdorf, 
Germany has now been completed, 
including the full relocation of people and 
machinery from STABER following its 
acquisition in October 2016. Operating 
from a single site should enable efficiency 
improvements in the medium-term. 

REMOTE HANDLING 

Our Remote Handling business has 
performed well during the year and in 
line with the Board’s expectations. 
Revenues for the financial year totalled 
£19.5m (2017: £17.2m). The substantial 

Our plans to enter the USA market  
with Wälischmiller remote handling 
equipment continue to progress with  
our first contracts being won earlier  
than expected during the second half  
of the year.

11

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsChief Executive’s Review (continued)

USA ENGINEERING

Carr’s established an engineering 
presence in the USA through the 
acquisition of NuVision Engineering, Inc. 
in August 2017. The business has 
performed well in its first year of 
ownership, generating revenues  
of £5.7m (2017: £0.2m). During the year  
we completed the integration of 
NuVision into our wider Engineering 
division and successfully completed  
a planned reorganisation of its 
management and leadership teams.  

NuVision has secured a good level of work 
during the year, including two significant 
Mechanical Stress Improvement Process 
(MSIP®) contracts, which substantially 
strengthen the order book through to FY21. 

During the year, we also disposed of 
NuVision’s 49% stake in Mid-Columbia 

Engineering, Inc (MCE), a non-core  
loss-making business based in Richland, 
Washington, to enable greater strategic 
focus on the development of the USA 
Engineering business. 

ENGINEERING OUTLOOK 

Prospects for the Engineering Division 
remain good over the medium term.  
The order books in the UK Manufacturing 
and USA Engineering businesses remain 
strong. We remain confident in the  
long-term outlook for the Remote 
Handling business with the forecast 
lower sales in 2019, due to contract 
phasing, not expected to impact upon 
the performance of the division.  

While uncertainty remains around Brexit 
and the impact this could have on certain 

supply chains within our engineering 
businesses, we believe our geographically 
diverse operations position the Group 
well to deliver growth in the medium 
term. We remain focused on identifying 
suitable value enhancing acquisitions, 
which complement our existing operations, 
and will continue to invest in technology 
and innovation across the division. 

TIM DAVIES 
Chief Executive Officer 
19 November 2018

12

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Case Study: Wälischmiller Engineering

High resistance manipulator

In 2018, Wälischmiller Engineering, working jointly with Mitsui 
E&S Machinery, successfully completed the development  
of a prototype robotic manipulator capable of resisting more 
than double the radiation levels of conventional systems.  

The project, which has taken three years to complete,  
was aimed at achieving the high levels of radiation resistance 
required in order to deliver decommissioning services at the 
Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Station following the 2011 
disaster. Not only did the design successfully achieve the 
required resistance, demonstrating that it would operate 
effectively at the site, but the development of a new control 
system has significantly improved operating manoeuvrability 
through the reduction of wiring. The new design is also constructed 
in a modular fashion which will allow customisation and changes 
to use. 

It is anticipated that high resistance manipulators will become 
available for production during 2019 in what represents an 
important step for the Group’s remote handling offering to the 
nuclear decommissioning industry.

For more information on Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH,  
please visit www.hwm.com.

13

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRisk Management

Our risk appetite and approach to risk management.

Our success as a Group depends on the ability to identify and maximise the opportunities 
generated by our businesses and the markets in which we operate. In doing so, we continue 
to develop an embedded approach to risk management which puts risk and opportunity 
assessment at the heart of our strategy.

PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to a variety of  
risks and uncertainties. On the following 
pages we have identified the risks  
we regard as most significant to our 
Group and performance at this time. 
These may change as the Group develops 
over the year. We have commented on 
mitigating actions that we believe help  
us manage these risks. However, we may 
not be successful in deploying some  
or all of these mitigating actions. If the 
circumstances in these risks occur or are 
not successfully mitigated, our cash flow, 
operating results, financial position, 
business and reputation could be 
materially adversely affected. 

This is overseen by the Executive 
Directors, who have an active 
responsibility for focusing on the 
principal areas of risk to the Group. The 
Board reviews these risk areas, including 
consideration of environmental, social, 
and governance matters. This review  
is undertaken quarterly.

For each of our principal risks we have  
a risk management framework detailing 
our assessment of the risk, the controls 
we have in place, who is responsible for 
managing the risk, as well as any further 
mitigating actions required.

BOARD’S ASSESSMENT OF 
COMPLIANCE WITH THE RISK 
MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

The Board reviews the principal risks 
quarterly. This is supported by an annual 
review of the risk management system 
undertaken by the Audit Committee. 
Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in relation to this can be 
found in the Audit Committee Report  
on pages 30-32. Decisions that could 
have a material impact on the Group  
are reviewed as and when required  
at Board meetings.

The Group adopts a risk profile aligned 
to our vision to be recognised as a truly 
international business at the forefront  
of technology and innovation.

Our available capital and resources are 
applied to underpin our four strategic 
pillars: acquisitions, people, investment 
and innovation.

The Board believes that in carrying out 
the Group’s businesses it is critical to 
strike the right balance between an 
appropriate and comprehensive control 
environment and encouraging 
entrepreneurial behaviours required  
to seek out and develop the business.

However well this is struck, the business 
will always be subject to a number of 
risks and uncertainties. Our approach  
to risk management is designed to 
provide reasonable assurance that our 
assets are safeguarded. The risks facing 
the business are assessed and, where 
possible, mitigated and all relevant 
information is disclosed and reported  
to the Board.

ORGANISATION AND PROCESS

The Board assumes overall responsibility 
for the management of risk and for 
reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems.

The Board has established a clear 
organisational structure with well-defined 
accountabilities for the principal risks the 
Group faces in the short, medium, and 
long term, across all divisions. 

14

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
KEY RISKS

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO MANAGE THE RISK

BREXIT

The UK’s impending exit from the European Union (EU) 
highlights a number of risks for the Group.

Part of our customer base is inherently reliant on 
agricultural subsidies from the EU, and therefore future 
government policy and support for the agricultural sector 
will potentially impact on our customers with a knock  
on effect to our agricultural business.

Similarly, for some areas of the business the Group imports 
raw materials from within the EU. The imposition of tariffs 
or other related cost increases, together with any issues 
relating to availability of raw materials, could impact the 
cost base of the Group or its ability to service customers.

IT AND CYBER-SECURITY

The Group relies on information technology and key 
systems to support the business. In common with other 
organisations, the Group undertakes development of its  
IT systems and is susceptible to cyber-attacks with the risk 
of a financial loss and threat to the overall confidentiality 
and availability of data in systems.

ACQUISITIONS

The Group is acquisitive and is therefore exposed to the 
possibility of acquiring a company based on inaccurate 
information, unrealistic synergies and financial benefits,  
or an inappropriate deal structure. 

Failure to effectively integrate acquired businesses could 
also undermine any expected synergies.

The Group benefits from its operational and geographic 
diversity and is not substantially dependent on the EU  
for either raw materials or revenues. 

We will continue to monitor developments in the Brexit 
process and incorporate steps into our future business 
planning where these might be required in order to 
mitigate any potentially adverse consequences including 
the imposition of any tariffs.

The Group has a comprehensive suite of IT security solutions 
in place, which are reviewed and tested by specialist third 
parties where appropriate. 

From a system development perspective, major projects are 
subject to appropriate project governance arrangements.

A thorough and careful due diligence process is 
undertaken, utilising relevant skilled internal personnel,  
as well as external expertise when required. Individual 
business unit and Group resource is used to analyse 
potential synergies and financial benefits. Consideration  
is given to the composition and skills of the management 
team of the acquired company and support and relevant 
training is provided by Group personnel to ensure  
a successful integration. The deal structure and proposed 
financing arrangements are determined on a case by 
case basis. 

Post-acquisition reviews are also undertaken to identify 
any areas for improvement in future transactions.

MANAGING COSTS

Margins may be affected by fluctuations in raw material 
prices due to factors such as harvest and weather 
conditions, crop disease, crop yields, alternative crops,  
and by-product values.

In some cases, due to the basis for pricing in sales 
contracts, or due to competitive markets, we may not  
be able to pass on to customers the full amount of raw 
material price increases or higher energy, freight or other 
operating costs.

The Group has a number of strategies in place to manage 
this risk. These include:
•  strategic long term relationships with suppliers;
•  multiple-source suppliers for key ingredients;
•  raw material and forward energy purchasing policies  

to provide security of supply and cost; and

•  close monitoring of contract execution to ensure supply 

is within agreed terms. 

Continued overleaf

15

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRisk Management (continued)

KEY RISKS

DESCRIPTION OF THE RISK

WHAT WE ARE DOING TO MANAGE THE RISK

RELIANCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS

Some businesses within the Group have a significant 
proportion of their revenue generated from a small number 
of key customers. A loss of a number of these customers 
could adversely affect the performance of a division and  
in turn the Group. 

The businesses have established good long term 
relationships with key customers to ensure that demands 
and expectations are met. The Group is constantly investing 
in its businesses to ensure that they are able to satisfy 
customer needs and are market leaders. 

The Group is continually working on identifying new 
markets, products, and opportunities to expand the 
customer base of all its businesses.

PEOPLE

Performance, knowledge and skills of employees are 
central to the success of the Group. We must attract, 
integrate, and retain the talent required to fulfil our 
strategic growth ambitions. Inability to retain key 
knowledge and adequately plan for succession could have 
a negative impact on the Group’s performance.

The Group has remuneration policies designed to attract, 
retain and reward employees with the ability and 
experience to execute the Group’s strategy.

Management development programmes are in place, 
alongside detailed succession planning across the Group. 
Succession plans for senior roles are reviewed by the 
Nominations Committee annually.

STRATEGIC PARTNERS

The Group has a number of strategic partners, particularly 
in the Agriculture division, who are involved either as joint 
venture partners or significant minority shareholders.  
A successful working relationship with these partners  
is paramount to those businesses’ success.

Close working relationships are maintained with all the 
Group’s strategic partners. This includes regular meetings, 
both formally and informally, and close involvement in the 
setting and monitoring of strategy for those businesses.  
In addition, arrangements are appropriately documented  
in contracts and legal agreements.

CUSTOMER DEMAND

Changes in customer demand, be that retail, commercial  
or government customers, caused by economic factors 
could result in a fall in demand for the Group’s product 
offering, resulting in a significant loss in revenue. 

The Group operates in diverse worldwide markets, which 
provide resilience for the Group against difficulties faced  
by any one market or economy. The businesses are 
managed flexibly to react to changing demands in their 
own sector.

TREASURY

We are exposed to a variety of financial risks in relation  
to treasury.

The Group must ensure that it has an adequate level  
of facilities to provide sufficient funding to operate  
its businesses and to develop growth opportunities.

Changes to the value of currencies can fluctuate widely 
and could have a significant impact on a division’s  
results. Furthermore, because the Group has international 
businesses it is subject to exchange risks in the  
translation of the underlying net assets and earnings  
of its foreign subsidiaries.

The level of facilities are regularly reviewed by the Group 
Finance Director, and these are also regularly reported  
to and discussed by the Board.

The Group operates a treasury policy of hedging all 
significant transactional currency exposures. Additionally, 
translational hedging instruments are used to limit the 
potential impact of fluctuating currencies on reported 
earnings from foreign subsidiaries.

For interest rate risk on floating rate debt, we maintain  
a mix of fixed rate debt, primarily finance lease, and 
floating rate debt. These levels are monitored and assessed 
against forecast changes in interest rates and forward 
guidance from interest rate setting authorities.

BUSINESS CONTINUITY

The operation of manufacturing plants involves many  
risks that could cause a temporary or permanent stoppage 
in production and could have a material adverse effect  
on the Group.

The Group has Business Continuity arrangements in place 
to enable continuity of supply, as quickly as practicable,  
of product to customers in the event of a natural disaster  
or major equipment or plant failure. A programme  
of insurance is also in place to protect against the cost  
of major business interruptions.

16

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Viability Statement

The Group’s business model and strategy are central to an understanding of its prospects, 
and details can be found on pages 6-7. The Group is very diverse both operationally and 
geographically. The Group set down a strategic plan a number of years ago, which is subject 
to ongoing monitoring and development as described below. 

The results of this stress testing showed 
that, due to the stability of the core 
business, the Group would be able to 
withstand the impact of these scenarios 
occurring over the period of the financial 
forecasts by making adjustments to its 
operating plans within the normal 
course of business.

The Group also considered a number of 
scenarios that would represent serious 
threats to its liquidity. None of these was 
considered to be plausible.

Based on their assessment of prospects 
and viability above, the Directors confirm 
that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the three year period 
ending 31 August 2021.

The Directors also considered it 
appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements on the going concern basis, 
as explained in the Basis of Accounting 
paragraph in the principal accounting 
policies on pages 61-65 of the accounts. 

The Group’s focus is particularly on 
developing its supplements business, 
because of the opportunities for 
international expansion and product 
development, and its nuclear 
engineering business because of the 
global expansion opportunities in the 
nuclear sector and adjacent markets. 

The Group’s prospects are assessed 
primarily through its strategic planning 
process. This process is led by the Chief 
Executive across all aspects of the Group. 
The Board participates fully in the 
process through an annual strategy day, 
detailed strategic presentations on all 
areas of the business by business leaders 
throughout the year, and an annual  
half-year strategic update. Part of the 
Board’s role is to consider whether the 
plan continues to take appropriate account 
of the changing external environment.

The output of the strategic planning 
process is a set of Group strategic 
objectives and a number of strategic 
priorities for the forthcoming financial 
year. The latest updates to the strategic 
plan were finalised in May 2018 
following this year’s review. This 
considered the Group’s current position 
for the development of the business as  
a whole over the next three years.

Given the nature of the business cycles 
in both Agriculture and Engineering,  
it was decided that a period of three 
years to 31 August 2021 was the most 
appropriate for the purpose of a viability 
assessment. The Group has prepared 
detailed financial forecasts for the 3 year 
period to 31 August 2021, so that 2 years 
10 months remains at the time of 
approval of this year’s annual report.  
The first year of the financial forecasts 
form the Group’s operating budget and 
is subject to a re-forecast process at the 
half-year. The second and third years  
are in a similar level of detail.

The Group’s principal risks are set out  
on pages 14 to 16. The purpose of the 
principal risks table is primarily to 
summarise those matters that could 
prevent the Group from delivering on its 
strategy. A number of other aspects of 
the principal risks – because of their 
nature or potential impact – could also 
threaten the Group’s ability to continue 
in business in its current form if they 
were to occur. Of the principal risks 
identified, the following are the most 
important to the assessment of the 
viability of the Group:

1.  Brexit;

2. Managing costs;

3. Reliance on key customers;

4. Strategic partners;

5. Customer demand; and

6. Treasury.

It was determined that none of these 
individual risks would, in isolation, 
compromise the Group’s viability.

Although the strategic plan reflects  
the Board’s best estimate of the future 
prospects of the business, it has  
also tested the potential impact on the 
Group of a number of scenarios over  
and above those included in the plan  
by quantifying their financial impact  
and overlaying this on the detailed 
financial forecasts in the plan.  
These scenarios represent ‘severe  
but plausible’ circumstances that the 
Group could experience.

The scenarios tested included:
•  Significant reductions in profitability 
and associated cashflows associated 
with the risks highlighted above, with 
consumer demand affecting all 
business units and additional impacts 
on Agriculture business units from 
commodity costs, and from strategic 
partners; and

•  Interest costs increasing by a factor  

of two.

17

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsFinancial Review

The key features of the year have been the recovery in 
performance in parts of the UK Manufacturing and USA 
Agriculture businesses, together with the strong performance 
in Remote Handling and the impact of the acquisition  
of NuVision Engineering, Inc.

Current and Future Development  
and Performance

REVENUE 

Reported revenues from continuing 
operations were £403.2m, 16.5% ahead  
of last year (2017: £346.2m). 

Revenues have increased primarily as  
a result of higher sales volumes across the 
business, and also the first full year of 
inclusion of NuVision, which was acquired 
in August 2017.

on last year (2017: £12.1m). As a percentage 
of revenues, Group operating margin 
before amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets and non-recurring items is 4.3% 
compared to 3.5% in 2017. 

These increases are principally due to the 
recoveries in trading performances in UK 
Manufacturing and in USA Feed Blocks, 
and the first full year of NuVision.

OPERATING PROFIT

Group operating profit before amortisation 
of acquired intangible assets and  
non-recurring items of £17.5m is up 44.4% 

Operating profits, before amortisation  
of acquired intangible assets and  
non-recurring items, per division and  
as a percentage of divisional revenues  
are as follows:

NEIL AUSTIN
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

Operating Profit 

Agriculture
Engineering

Total

2018  
%

3.7
9.4

2018 
£m

13.4
4.1

17.5

2017  
£m

11.4
0.7

12.1

2017 
%

3.6
2.1

This year the Group has amended its 
presentation of the results of associates 
and joint ventures so that they are above, 
and therefore included within, operating 
profit. The Board’s view is that the 
inclusion of these results within operating 
profit better reflects the nature of these 
investments as integral to the Group’s 
trading activities. The comparative figures 
have been restated accordingly.

The Group’s share of the post-tax result 
in its associates and joint ventures was 
£3.2m, compared to £2.8m in 2017.  
The result reflected both an increase  
in its associates’ profitability and an 
increase in joint venture profitability, 
primarily driven by a recovery in the 
European dairy market which assisted 
feed block performance. 

AMORTISATION AND  
NON-RECURRING ITEMS

The Group incurred £0.8m in respect  
of non-recurring items in the year.  
This included acquisition costs of £0.1m, 
primarily related to the acquisitions  
of Pearson Farm Supplies Limited and 
Animax Limited, and a charge of £0.2m 
related to contingent consideration 
payable dependent, in part, on continued 
employment, which is required to be 
expensed under IFRS rather than included 
within goodwill. There was also a write-off 
of goodwill of £0.5m in the UK 
Manufacturing part of the Engineering 
division, relating to the Bendalls business. 
This was following a detailed impairment 
review and reflected a more cautious 
view in relation to future growth 
assumptions in this particular business. 

18

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018FINANCE COSTS

Net finance costs of £0.9m were higher than 
the previous year (2017: £0.7m), reflecting 
higher borrowings throughout the year. 
Interest cover was 18.2 times based on 
reported profit (19.3 times on an underlying 
profit basis) compared to 15.5 times in 2017.

PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Adjusted profit before tax, which is before 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
and non-recurring items, at £16.6m was 
45.2% higher than in the previous year 
(2017: £11.4m). Reported profit before 
taxation was £15.5m (2017: £10.0m).

TAXATION

The Group’s effective tax charge on profit 
from activities after net finance costs and 
excluding results from associates and joint 
ventures, which are recorded after tax, 
was 15.1% (2017: 23.7%). A reconciliation  
of the actual total tax charge to the 
standard rate of corporation tax in the  
UK of 19% is given in note 7 to the 
financial statements. The reduction is 
primarily due to the reduction in US tax 
rates that reduce deferred tax balances  
in businesses based in the USA.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

The profit attributable to the equity 
holders of the Company amounted to 
£11.9m (2017: £7.0m), and basic earnings 
per share was 13.0p (2017: 7.7p), an 
increase of 68.8%.

Adjusted earnings per share of 13.9p 
(2017: 8.9p) is calculated by dividing  
the profit attributable to equity holders 
for the year, before amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets and non-recurring 
items, by the weighted average number 
of shares in issue during the year. 

ACQUISITIONS 

The Group has made one acquisition in the 
year, and one acquisition since the year end.

Pearson Farm Supplies Limited was 
acquired by the Group on 31 October 2017 
for a cash consideration of £1.2m, including 
deferred consideration of £0.2m. Pearson 
has since been fully integrated into Carrs 
Billington Agriculture (Sales) Limited.

Since the year end, on 21 September 
2018 the Group acquired the entire 
issued share capital of Animax Limited 
and Clinimax Limited. The initial cash 
consideration payable was £6.0m, with 
additional contingent consideration  
of up to £2.5m payable based on future 
financial performance in the period  
to 30 November 2020.

Further details on the acquisition  
of Pearson are given in note 28 to the 
financial statements and in respect  
of Animax and Clinimax in note 35  
to the financial statements.

Cash flow and net debt

Operating profit
Depreciation and loss on disposal
Amortisation and impairment of goodwill 
Associates and joint ventures

EBITDA (excluding associates and joint ventures)
Increase in inventories
Increase in receivables
Increase in payables
Other

Net operating cash flow
Net interest
Taxation

Cash flow from continuing operations
Maintenance capex

Free cash flow 
Expansionary capex
Acquisitions
Dividends received
Dividends paid to Company shareholders
Loans, finance leases and financing costs
Other

Cash flows
Opening net debt

Closing net debt

2018

£’000

16,405
4,397
913
(3,215)

18,500
(5,106)
(7,015)
7,449
1,152

14,980
(984)
(2,511)

11,485
(1,962)

9,523
(2,851)
(4,139)
704
(3,770)
76
(763)

(1,220)
(14,139)

(15,359)

CASH FLOW AND NET DEBT

A free cash flow of £9.5m was generated 
in the year, representing a decrease of 
15.4% on £11.3m in the previous year. 

The decrease was substantially due  
to a higher level of working capital 
which is mainly attributable to higher 
levels of activity in UK Agriculture over 
the summer months. After payment of 
£3.8m of dividends to Shareholders of 
the Company and £4.1m on acquisitions, 
the cash outflow for the year was £1.2m, 
resulting in closing net debt of £15.4m.

Headroom against existing facilities was 
£27.2m at the year end. The Group’s banking 
facilities were due for renewal in June 2019, 
however, these have been renewed since 
the year end for a five year period.

PENSIONS

The Group operates its current pension 
arrangements on a defined benefit and 
defined contribution basis. The defined 
benefit scheme is closed to new members 
and closed to future accrual. The scheme 
currently has 96 deferred members and  
223 current pensioners. 

The valuation on an IAS 19 accounting  
basis showed a surplus before the related 
deferred tax liability in the scheme at  

1 September 2018 of £10.1m (2017: £5.2m). 
This is after an actuarial gain of £4.8m 
(2017: £5.0m) which has been recognised  
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

Since the year end, the High Court has 
ruled on the case of Lloyds Banking Group 
Pensions Trustees Ltd v Lloyds Bank plc and 
others. The ruling that Lloyds Bank Group 
must amend its three defined benefit 
pension schemes to equalise Guaranteed 
Minimum Pensions (GMPs) between males 
and females will impact how companies 
account for pension schemes under IAS 19. 
The Group are currently working with 
advisers to understand the accounting 
impact and this will be reflected in the 
Group’s interim results for 2019. This is not 
expected to be material to the Group’s  
net assets.

NEIL AUSTIN 
Group Finance Director 
19 November 2018

19

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
Key Performance Indicators

We monitor our performance against the strategy by means  
of key performance indicators (‘KPIs’):

Underlying sales  
growth/decline

+13.6%

Financial Review  
Pages 18-19

Gross margin

13.2%

6
1
0
2

Financial Review  
Pages 18-19

Adjusted Group  
operating margin

4.3%

6
1
0
2

Financial Review  
Pages 18-19

Free cash flow

£9.5m

6
1
0
2

Financial Review  
Pages 18-19

Definition

Comments

Year on year increase/
(decrease) in sales 
revenue excluding the 
impact of acquisitions 
and disposals.

Revenues are monitored by the Board. Our volume 
driven businesses are all subject to significant raw 
material price variations, the majority of which are 
passed through to selling prices. Hence increasing raw 
material prices are expected to lead to higher revenues.

Definition 

Comments

Gross profit as  
a percentage of  
sales revenue.

Gross margin is a reflection on how successfully we  
have managed raw material price volatility in our 
markets, together with how successful we have been 
in pricing in other areas of our business in competitive 
markets. Our gross margin from continuing operations 
increased to 13.2% in the current year, which reflects the 
improvement in market conditions in USA Agriculture  
and also improved performance in UK Manufacturing.

Definition 

Comments

Operating profit  
before non-recurring 
items and amortisation, 
as a percentage  
of revenue.

The underlying Group operating margin reflects the 
gross margin achieved, which is described above,  
but also indicates the efficiency of our operations from 
both an administrative and distribution perspective.  
The increase in underlying operating margin to 4.3% 
reflects the factors described in gross margin, and also 
the impact from the acquisition of NuVision at the end 
of the previous financial year.

Definition 

Comments

Cash generated from 
operating activities less 
maintenance capital 
expenditure.

This KPI indicates how much cash is available for the 
Group to utilise for expansionary capital investment, 
paying dividends, or financing/repaying borrowings.  
The decrease in FY18 is predominantly due to working 
capital changes across the business.

Return on net assets

Definition

Comments

13.7%

Profit before tax,  
non-recurring items 
and amortisation  
as a percentage  
of net assets.

Return on net assets increased to 13.7% this year.  
This increase reflects the improved financial performance 
across the Group, and in particular the performances in 
USA Agriculture and UK Manufacturing described above.

Financial Review  
Pages 18-19

%
6
3
1

.

8
1
0
2

%
2
3
1

.

8
1
0
2

%
3
4

.

8
1
0
2

m
5
9
£

.

8
1
0
2

%
7
.
3
1

8
1
0
2

%
6
9

.

7
1
0
2

%
2
.
1
1

7
1
0
2

%
5
3

.

7
1
0
2

m
3
.
1
1
£

7
1
0
2

%
8
0
1

.

7
1
0
2

20

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018The Board

TIM DAVIES 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

NEIL AUSTIN 
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

Tim joined Carr’s in March 2013 as Chief 
Executive. Tim was formerly the Group 
Managing Director at Openfield. Prior to 
this, he progressed from Sales Director 
to Managing Director of Grainfarmers 
plc in 2005. He subsequently led the 
successful merger of Grainfarmers plc 
and Centaur Grain Ltd in 2008, forming 
Openfield, the largest farmer-owned 
grain marketing business in the UK. Tim 
continued in his role as Group Managing 
Director until 2013. He was a Director of 
the Agricultural Industries Confederation 
between 2003-2016.

Neil joined Carr’s in January 2013 and 
became Group Finance Director in April 
2013. Neil was formerly a Director at 
PwC, having joined as a graduate in  
their Newcastle office in 1997. He was 
appointed as a Director of the Newcastle 
office in 2007 with lead responsibility for 
part of the Assurance practice, and has 
experience with FTSE 350 companies 
and multi-nationals.

CHRIS HOLMES 
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN

Chris joined Carr’s in 1991 as the 
Managing Director of the Agriculture 
business, having previously worked for  
J Bibby & Sons. Chris was appointed 
Chief Executive in 1994, and remained  
in that role until he was appointed 
Chairman in 2013. He is currently 
Chairman of Carlisle Youth Zone, having 
been appointed in 2013.

JOHN WORBY 
SENIOR INDEPENDENT 
DIRECTOR 
AUDIT COMMITTEE 
CHAIRMAN

John was appointed  
a Non-Executive Director in 
April 2015. John is currently  
Senior Independent Director 
and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Hilton food 
Group plc. John was 
previously the Finance 
Director of Genus plc and a  
Non-Executive Director of 
Cranswick plc and Fidessa 
Group plc. John is a chartered 
accountant and a member  
of the Financial Reporting 
Review Panel.

ALISTAIR WANNOP 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Alistair was appointed a  
Non-Executive Director in 
2005. Alistair has been the 
Chairman of both the County 
NFU and the MAFF northern 
regional advisory panel.  
He has served as a Director  
of The English Farming and 
Food Partnership, Rural 
Regeneration Cumbria, and 
Cumbria Vision. Alistair is a 
fellow of the Royal 
Agricultural Society of 
England and between  
2017-2018 held office as  
High Sheriff of Cumbria.

IAN WOOD 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN

Ian was appointed to the 
Board on 1 October 2015. 
He retired as the Commercial 
Director, International Business 
Development for Centrica 
(previously British Gas) in January 
2016 having held a number of 
positions with the Company, 
covering various aspects of the 
business including engineering, 
customer services, industrial 
and commercial marketing, and 
energy trading within the UK, 
Continental Europe and North 
America. Ian is a Director of 
Talkin Energy Ltd and Chief 
Executive of Cumbria  
County Holdings Ltd.

MATTHEW RATCLIFFE 
COMPANY SECRETARY

Matthew joined Carr’s in 
November 2016 as Company 
Secretary and Legal Counsel. 
Matthew is a solicitor with 
a breadth of experience 
working alongside both 
international and local 
businesses in corporate, 
commercial and contentious 
matters. He began his career 
with Pinsent Masons before 
joining a Cumbrian law firm  
in 2009 and being appointed 
a Director in 2014.

21

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsCorporate Responsibility

Carr’s places great emphasis on social responsibility and in maintaining high ethical 
standards. The Group takes pride in the safety and wellbeing of its people, in the  
steps taken to reduce its environmental impact and in ensuring that it plays its part  
in the community.

22

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018PEOPLE

People are fundamental to every 
business and our employees are critical 
to the successful delivery of our strategic 
objectives. One of our four key pillars  
is “investing in people, who are vital to 
the long-term success of the business”.

Our values of trust, respect, and integrity 
run throughout all our businesses.  
Our high levels of teamwork and 
co-operation are a major contributing 
factor to our success. 

Continuing to identify talent and develop 
our people will remain key priorities for us 
going forward. We remain committed  
to providing a working environment that:
•  is consistent and fair;
•  is free from discrimination; 
•  aids development and skills; 
•  supports employee engagement.
Engagement

We strive to ensure that employees across 
the Group are kept informed about 
business performance through the issue 
of regular briefing notes by the Executive 
Directors or Senior Management. These 
are circulated as a matter of routine at 
regular intervals and also whenever there 
are significant developments across the 
Group or which affect a particular division 
or business unit. Management within the 
Group are also kept informed on issues 
that may affect employees which enables 
effective, transparent communication, 
and consultation where appropriate. 

During the year we were pleased to 
launch “Carr’s Connect”, an employee 
intranet for the Group. This represents 
another step forward and one which 
enables us to communicate with our 
workforce more easily. Carr’s Connect not 
only ensures that our employees are aware 
of developments across the Group, but it 
also provides access to up to date resources. 

The Board remains committed to 
workforce engagement, and in 
promoting a healthy and open culture 
which aligns with its strategy. The Board 
will continue to review its engagement 
practices during the current financial year 

to ensure that these are effective and 
appropriate as we move towards the 2018 
Corporate Governance Code, which will 
apply to the Group from September 2019. 

Sharesave

The Group operates a Sharesave scheme,  
in which all UK-based employees are 
entitled to participate. The Group recognises 
that the scheme is a well-established 
method of employee engagement, 
facilitating ownership in the Group.

Equal opportunities

The Group is committed to an active  
equal opportunities policy promoting  
an environment free from discrimination, 
harassment and victimisation, where 
everyone will receive equal treatment 
regardless of gender, colour, ethnic  
or national origin, disability, age, marital 
status, sexual orientation or religion.  
All decisions relating to employment 
practices will be objective, free from bias 
and based solely upon work criteria and 
individual merit. The Group is responsive 
to the needs of its employees, customers 
and the community at large. We are an 
organisation which uses everyone’s talents 
and abilities and where diversity is valued.

Employees with disabilities

It is our policy that people with disabilities 
should have full and fair consideration  
for all vacancies. We remain committed  
to maintaining the current open, fair and 
non-discriminatory recruitment process 
operated throughout the Group, and  
seek to have full engagement with any 
employee who becomes disabled during 
their employment.

Year overview

This has been another good year in 
developing our people at all levels. 

We are pleased to report that our 
Group-wide induction training, which 
was launched last year, has been hugely 
successful and now forms part of our 
onboarding process for all new 
employees at all levels. We believe that 
an employee’s first impressions of an 
organisation have a significant impact  
on their integration within the team and 
their level of job satisfaction. 

27%

73%

The Group 
employs,  
1,082 people*.  
which is split  
as follows:

 786 Men  
 296 Women

27%

73%

Senior Managers 
and Executives,  
male and female*:

 11 Men  
 4 Women

*As at 1 September 2018.

It is important to us that induction is not 
just treated as a ‘tick box’ exercise, but is 
seen as a great opportunity to introduce 
new employees to the culture and ways 
of working of the business. We all  
need to invest time in inducting new 
employees to help them settle in, 
become productive more quickly and  
take our business forward. 

The course covers the following areas:
•  Company History;
•  Company Structure;
•  Vision, Strategy and Values;
•  The Way We Work;
•  Introduction to Health & Safety; and
•  Customer Service.
In addition to induction training, we  
have been able to produce a full Training 
Calendar covering a 12 month period for 
all levels. The calendar, which is accessible 
to employees through Carr’s Connect, 
includes a range of development courses 
which can be selected to meet a variety 
of training needs. Uptake across the 
Group has been very strong with many 
employees taking an active interest in the 
development of their skills. We continue 
to encourage employees to consider their 
own development and incorporate 
learning into their roles across the Group.

As part of our ongoing commitment  
to supporting professional development, 
we ran two Management Development 
Programmes during 2018 for Line 
Managers to enhance their leadership skills.

The programme includes essential 
modules that help managers increase 
their level of knowledge and implement 
effective workplace principles and practices.

Module 1   Roles and responsibilities in 
leadership and management

Module 2   Problem solving and decision 

making

Module 3   Communication and crucial 

conversations

Module 4   Conflict and conducting 

disciplinary meetings

Module 5   Performance management 

Module 6   Communication and 
effective behaviours  
in meetings

23

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsCorporate Responsibility (continued)

We have also developed a new Leadership 
Development Programme which builds upon 
the Management Development Programme. 

Module 1   Differentiating self as leader

Module 2   Common language and 
behaviours

Module 3   Uncertainty and ambiguity

Module 4   Success and sustainability

During 2017-2018 there have been several 
Health and Safety initiatives in both the UK 
and overseas. Certain UK businesses within 
the Engineering division have achieved 
ISO 18001 accreditation. In the Agriculture 
division, we have rolled out further IOSH 
accredited training at both supervisory  
and senior management level and 
appointed a Health and Safety specialist  
to work across the UK businesses. 

HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Group remains fully committed to the 
maintenance of high standards of health 
and safety for all of its employees, visitors, 
customers, and any others who may be 
affected by the activities of its businesses. 
Health and safety is continually monitored 
and the Group strives to make  
progressive improvements.

The CEO, Group FD and Group Risk 
Manager meet monthly in advance of each 
Board meeting to review health and safety 
which is a permanent high-agenda item. 
Every Board meeting involves  
a detailed review of statistics, auditing 
activity and other initiatives as well as 
ensuring the Board are alerted to key  
risk management and legislative changes. 
The Board also endorses an ongoing 
programme of improvements.

Since 2015, Non-Executive Director Ian 
Wood has closely overseen health and 
safety across the Group at Board level 
providing support to the Executive 
Directors and Group Risk Manager.  
This has helped the Group deliver its 
programme of improvements and ensure 
that policies and practices are in line with 
the recommendations of the Institute  
of Directors and HSE.

The Group Risk Manager continuously 
monitors safety performance to ensure 
there is a high standard of health and 
safety management across all Group 
businesses. This includes a rolling 
programme of site audits.

The overall number of accidents for the 
Group as a whole, including the overseas 
businesses, was 56, an increase of 12  
on the 44 accidents recorded during  
the previous year.

This increase, whilst on the face of it 
disappointing, is largely attributable to  
an increase in the number of minor injury 
accidents in the UK Agriculture Division 
which reflects the increased emphasis 
being afforded across the Group to  
near-miss and accident reporting. 

The number of RIDDOR reportable injuries 
and overseas equivalents has however 
remained constant from the previous year 
at 4. The number of days lost in the year 
arising from these was 71, an increase from 
57 in the previous year.

24

The Board remains committed to 
continuously improving standards of 
health and safety across the Group and  
is confident that its policy of increased 
awareness and appropriate training will 
best ensure the safety and wellbeing  
of the workforce.

SUSTAINABILITY 

As a Group, we are committed to improving 
our environmental impact and continue  
to make progress towards our target  
of achieving a 25% reduction in our carbon 
footprint by 2020 (against our 2012 
baseline). The Group’s Environmental 
Committee meets four times each year 
with active representation from UK 
subsidiaries across the Group. 

Through continued investment in  
state-of-the-art equipment, energy 
efficient lighting and in improving 
processes, the Group continues to reduce 
its carbon generation. The Group wide 
Environmental Reporting System is fully 
operational for both UK and overseas 
subsidiaries. Each subsidiary and business 
location reports the following monthly  
data and performance against pre-set 
benchmarks: 
•  Energy and Carbon Generation;
•  Water Utilisation;
•  Waste Generation and Recycling; 
•  Transport Fuels; and
•  Environmental Legislation/Compliance.
During 2015 the Group undertook a full 
Energy Audit in accordance with the 
mandatory Energy Savings Opportunity 
Scheme (ESOS), and the findings and 
energy saving opportunities identified 
from the audit were presented to the 
CEO and duly signed off as required by 
law. We have already adopted many of 
the recommendations highlighted in that 
report, and will continue with our 
programme of implementation, which 
has resulted in progressive improvements 
to the Group’s environmental impact. 

A second ESOS Energy Audit is currently 
being planned for early 2019 and will be 
completed before December 2019.

During 2017, and in light of the results 
from our ESOS Energy Audit, we carried 

out a comprehensive review of how 
energy data is collected across the Group 
in order to ensure that the data we 
collect is accurate, readily comparable 
and consistently recorded. That review 
has helped improve the manner in which 
data is collected and can be reported. 

All Engineering and Manufacturing sites 
across the UK within the Group now 
purchase their energy from Haven Power 
Limited which, during the 12 months 
ended 31 March 2017, sourced 84.3%  
of its electricity from renewable sources.*

*Haven Power Limited Annual Disclosure 
Statement 2018 

Carbon Generation Report

The Group did not generate any additional 
greenhouse gases other than Carbon 
Dioxide (CO2) from the utilisation of grid 
supplied electricity and natural gas during 
the year ended 1 September 2018. The 
energy intensive UK feed blocks business 
continued to be in receipt of Climate 
Change Discount Agreements in exchange 
for target carbon reductions. Those targets 
were met by the business during the year. 
The table below details the CO2 generation 
of each of the Group’s divisions and 
compares volumes against the previous year.

The total amount of CO2 generated 
across the Group during the year ended 
1 September 2018 was 18,806 tonnes,  
an increase from 16,692 tonnes in the 
previous year. This increase is largely  
due to increased levels of activity in  
Agriculture and also the acquisition of 
NuVision in September 2017.

Carr’s Group – Carbon CO2 
Generation 2017/18 v 2016/17

Division

CO2 
Tonnes  
2017/18

CO2  
Tonnes  
2016/17

UK Agriculture

2,406

1,815

Overseas  
Agriculture

UK Engineering

Overseas  
Engineering

Head Office

Sub Total

Transport

Total

11,627
996

476*
55
15,560
3,246
18,806

*Includes NuVision Engineering, Inc.

10,789
944

234
52
13,834
2,858
16,692

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Energy Utilisation

The table below details overall electricity and gas consumption across the Group  
in the year ended 1 September 2018.

Annual UK Group Electricity Consumption  

Group Overseas Electricity Consumption 

Annual UK Group Gas Consumption  

Group Overseas Gas Consumption  

Total Other Fossil Fuel Consumption 

4,446,191 kWh 

5,233,313 kWh

7,559,714 kWh

50,953,986 kWh

12,046,644 kWh

Total UK Electricity by Trading Division 

Environmental Protection 

1.5% 

6.1% 

0.6% 

18.1% 

8.5% 

27.4% 

16.9% 

20.9% 

  CBAS 

  Carrs MSM

  Caltech Crystalyx®

  Hinds Bendalls

  Scotmin Nutrition

  Head Office

  Bendalls Engineering

  Chirton Engineering

Total 4,446,191 kWh

Transport Fuels

During the year ended 1 September 2018 
the Group utilised 1,212,765 litres of diesel 
and petrol fuel for fleet vehicles and 
company cars throughout its UK 
operations. The amount of CO2 
generated from this fuel consumption 
was 3,246 tonnes, up from 2,858 tonnes 
in the previous year. 

Intensity Metric

Due to the diverse nature of the Group’s 
operations, we measure our relative 
carbon footprint by reference to the 
Group’s overall size and activities. During 
the 2017/18 financial year, the Group 
generated 18,806 tonnes of CO2 against 
its overall turnover of £403.2m which 
equates to 46.6 tonnes per £m turnover.  
This represents an improvement of 3.5% 
against our 2016/17 financial year during 
which the Group generated 48.2 tonnes 
per £m turnover.

The CO2 emissions data is reported  
in metric tonnes. The CO2 emissions  
data has been calculated on the basis  
of measured energy and fuel use and 
multiplied by relevant CO2 conversion 
factors, as approved by the Department 
of Energy. Fuel and energy use are based 
on direct measurement verified through 
purchase invoices for the vast majority  
of our sites and collected centrally for the 
entire Group. 

We remain committed to protecting  
the environment and reducing the 
impact of our business through best 
practice. Large manufacturing sites 
across the Group continue to operate 
within the emission levels set by the UK 
Environment Agency and their current 
permit conditions. All sites operate 
within the framework of a full 
Environmental Management System.  
All employees across the Group are 
actively encouraged to reduce waste  
and improve energy efficiencies and  
we carefully monitor waste and recycling 
across the businesses. We have a strict 
Group Environmental Policy which is 
managed by the Group’s Environmental 
Committee. Waste and energy 
consumption targets are set for each 
business across the Group annually 
which are monitored as part of our 
commitment to reducing our 
environmental impact.

COMMUNITY

Carr’s takes an active role in supporting 
the communities in which it operates. 
During 2018, that support has taken  
a variety of forms including charitable 
monetary donations, fundraising and 
voluntary work. 

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
continues to be part of Zeus Packaging 
Group’s global initiative to support 
children’s charities in Ireland, the UK, 
Spain, Portugal, New Zealand and 
Australia. This has seen Carrs Billington 
be provided with the exclusive 
distribution rights of Zeus Purple Silage 
wrap and Purple Netwrap in the UK to 
support WellChild, the national charity 
for sick children.

In addition to the proceeds Carrs 
Billington raised, it ran a competition  
to support WellChild requiring farmers  
to create eye-catching displays from  
their purple hay bales which could be 
customised with accessories. Farmers 
taking part submitted their photos of  
their creations, which were then displayed 
on social media.

In August 2018, a team of 32 Carr’s 
employees successfully completed the 
Total Warrior Lakes challenge, together 
raising over £2,400 to be shared between 
the Adult Brain Tumour Fund at The 
Christie and Macmillan Cancer Support.

During the year, Carr’s participated in the 
Dream Placement Programme, developed 
by the Centre for Leadership 
Performance, designed to give young 
people industry experience and an insight 
into the work of senior management and 
leaders of leading Cumbrian businesses. 

Carr’s also maintains its relationship  
with Carlisle Youth Zone, which 
continues to serve the social, recreational 
and emotional needs of young people  
in the Carlisle area.

25

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsCorporate Governance Report

Good governance is central to the integrity, reputation and 
performance of the Group. The Board remains committed  
to maintaining high standards.

CHAIRMAN’S OVERVIEW

The Group’s governance framework  
is designed to safeguard its long-term 
success for the benefit of shareholders 
and other stakeholders. It continues  
to evolve as the Group develops and 
promotes transparency, respect and 
accountability. It ensures that the Board 
can operate in a culture of openness 
which, coupled with its wealth of 
expertise and the collaborative attitude  
which permeates the Group, optimises  
its effectiveness. 

The Board is pleased to describe its 
approach to governance in the following 
report, which describes how the Group 
has integrated the main principles of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”). In 2017, the Board reviewed its 
membership of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. As a result, I stood down 
from both Committees to ensure that 
they are comprised exclusively of  
Non-Executive Directors considered  
by the Board to be independent. I am 
pleased to report that as a result of this 
change in 2017, the Board considers that  
it is in full compliance with the Code. 

During the year, the Board and its 
Committees considered the FRC’s 
Consultation on the Proposed Revisions  
to the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and, subsequently, the 2018 Corporate 
Governance Code which was published 
on 16 July 2018. The 2018 Code will apply 
to the Group from September 2019. 
During the current financial year, the 
Board will continue its review of the 2018 
Code with a view to taking any steps 
required to ensure that the Group’s 
governance framework remains robust, 
effective and reflective of good 
governance practice.

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 
WITH UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE
The UK Corporate Governance Code 
dated April 2016 and issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council sets out 
standards of good practice in relation  
to issues such as:
•  Board composition and effectiveness;
•  the role of Board committees;
•  risk management;
•  remuneration; and
•  relationships with shareholders.
We are required to state how we have 
applied the principles contained in the 
Code and explain any areas where 
compliance has not been possible during 
the year. 

The Board considers that the Company 
has, during the year ended 1 September 
2018, complied with the requirements of 
the Code in their entirety. 

THE BOARD

The Directors have a collective duty to 
promote the long term success of the 
Company for its shareholders. In 
determining long-term strategy and 
objectives of the Group, the Board is 
mindful of its duties and responsibilities 
to shareholders as well as employees 
and other stakeholders. The Board 
reviews management and financial 
performance, and monitors strategic 
delivery and achievement of business 
objectives.

The Board’s time can be grouped into  
six key areas as outlined opposite.  
A portion of their time is also spent  
on administrative matters.

CHRIS HOLMES DL 
Chairman 
19 November 2018

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIRMAN

26

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018OUTLINE OF MATTERS FOR BOARD

Strategy
•  Setting strategic targets. 
•  Reviewing new business 

developments and opportunities 
including potential acquisitions. 

•  Research and technology.

Risk
•  Group’s risk and internal  

control framework.

Governance 
•  Legal updates and new  
disclosure requirements.

•  Internal Board review.
•  Succession planning.

The powers of the Directors are set out 
in the Company’s Articles of Association. 
In addition, the Directors have 
responsibilities and duties under 
legislation, in particular the Companies 
Act 2006.

During the year ended 1 September 
2018, the Board comprised two 
Executive Directors, a Non-Executive 
Chairman, and three Non-Executive 
Directors. There is a Company Secretary 
to the Board. The biographies of the 
Board can be found on page 21.

The Board met 11 times throughout the 
year. In addition to the regular scheduled 
meetings, unscheduled supplementary 
meetings may also take place as and 
when necessary. During this financial 
year it was not necessary for any 
unscheduled meetings to take place. 
Directors who are unable to attend  
a particular meeting receive relevant 
briefing papers and are given the 
opportunity to discuss any issues with 
the Chairman, the Chief Executive or the 
Group Finance Director. 

To enable the Directors of the Board to 
carry out their responsibilities all Directors 
have full and timely access to all relevant 
information. The Board maintains a 
schedule of matters reserved for the 
Board which is reviewed against best 
practice. A summary of those matters is 
set out below and a full schedule is 
available on the Company’s website. 

The Board is responsible for:
•  the Group’s strategy;
•  acquisitions and divestment policy;
•  corporate governance, risk and 

environment policy and management;

•  approval of budgets;
•  general treasury policy;
•  major capital expenditure projects;
•  dividend policy; and

Finance
•  Budget approval. 
•  Monitoring financial performance. 
•  Oversight of the preparation  
and management of the  
financial statements.

•  Dividend policy. 
•  Pensions strategy.

Stakeholder engagement
•  AGM and other shareholder feedback. 
•  Investor calls, meetings  

and roadshows.

Safety 
•  Health and Safety monthly updates  

and management review.

•  monitoring the Group’s profit and  

cash flow performance.

The Board has delegated its authority  
to the Audit, Remuneration, and 
Nominations Committees to carry out 
certain tasks as defined in their written 
terms of reference approved by the 
Board; these are also available on the 
Company’s website. 

The Code stipulates that there should  
be a clear division of responsibility 
between Board governance and 
executive management.

The Chairman is responsible for:
•  providing effective leadership of  

the Board;

•  promoting ethical behaviours and high 
standards of corporate governance;

•  ensuring the effectiveness of the 

Board in fulfilling its responsibilities;

•  setting the Board agenda;
•  ensuring that members of the Board 
are well informed to enable the Board 
to make sound and effective decisions 
and ensure constructive discussion;
•  ensuring effective communication 

with shareholders and  
other stakeholders;

MEETING ATTENDANCE

•  identifying and meeting (in 

conjunction with the Company 
Secretary) the development needs of 
the Board and for each Director; and

•  providing strategic insight and  

a sounding board for the  
Chief Executive on key business  
decisions, and challenging proposals 
where appropriate.

The Chief Executive is responsible for:
•  the day-to-day management of the 

Group’s business;

•  leading the business and the rest of 

the management team in accordance 
with the strategy agreed by the Board; 

•  leading the development of the 

Group’s strategy with input from the 
rest of the Board; 

•  leading the management team in the 

implementation of the Group’s 
strategy; and

•  bringing matters of particular 

significance to the Chairman for 
discussion and consideration by the 
Board if appropriate.

Elections

The Company’s Articles of Association 
provide that one third of the Directors 
retire by rotation each year at the  
Annual General Meeting, however, the 
Company considers it best practice to 
require all the Directors to retire and 
stand for re-election annually.

Attendance and Agenda

In advance of all Board meetings the 
Directors are supplied with detailed and 
comprehensive papers covering the 
Group’s strategy, performance and 
operations. Members of the executive 
management team attend and make 
presentations as appropriate at meetings 
of the Board. The Company Secretary is 
responsible to the Board for the 
timeliness and quality of information.

Details of the number of meetings of, 
and members’ attendance at, the Board, 
Audit, Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees during the period are set 
out in the table below.

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

No. of meetings

Chris Holmes

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

Alistair Wannop

John Worby

Ian Wood

11

11

11 

11 

11 

11

11

*Attended meeting in full or part by invitation

3

3*

3*

3*

3

3

3

6

6*

N/A

N/A

6

6

6

1

1

1*

1*

1

1

1

27

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsCorporate Governance Report (continued)

Support 

Directors can obtain independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense in performance of their duties 
as Directors. None of the Directors 
obtained independent professional 
advice in the period under review. All 
Directors have access to the advice and 
the services of the Company Secretary. 
In addition to these formal roles, the 
Non-Executive Directors have access to 
senior management across the Group 
either by telephone or via involvement 
at informal meetings.

DIRECTORS’ CONFLICTS  
OF INTEREST

The Companies Act 2006 and the 
Company’s Articles of Association 
require the Board to consider any 
potential conflicts of interest. The Board 
has a policy and procedures for 
managing and, where appropriate, 
authorising actual or potential conflicts 
of interest. Under those procedures, 
Directors are required to declare all 
Directorships or other appointments to 
organisations that are not part of the 
Group and which could result in actual 
or potential conflicts of interest, as well 
as other situations which could result in 
a potential conflict of interest. 

The Board is required to review 
Directors’ actual or potential conflicts of 
interest at least annually. Directors are 
required to disclose proposed new 
appointments to the Chairman before 
taking them on, to ensure that any 
potential conflicts of interest can be 
identified and addressed appropriately. 
Any potential conflicts of interest in 
relation to proposed Directors are 
considered by the Board prior to their 
appointment. In this financial year  
there have been no declared conflicts  
of interest.

BOARD EVALUATION 

Each year the Board undertakes a review 
of its effectiveness. During 2017 the 
Board conducted an independent 
external review which was facilitated by 
Independent Audit Limited. That review 
covered the whole Board, together  
with its Audit, Nominations and 
Remuneration Committees which were 
each considered separately. Particular 
focus was given to the effectiveness and 
appropriateness of the composition of 
the Board and of the Committees. 
Scrutiny was also applied to the question 
of the continued independence of Non-
Executive Directors. 

The review commenced with discussions 
between Independent Audit and the 
Chairman and Company Secretary. 
Those discussions led to the design of 

28

detailed and bespoke questionnaires 
which were subsequently disseminated 
to the Board, certain other senior 
executives and, in the case of the 
evaluation of the Audit Committee, the 
Company’s auditors (PwC). The 
questionnaires were completed, entirely 
in confidence, and a draft report was 
produced by Independent Audit 
analysing the feedback provided. 
Following further discussions between 
Independent Audit and the Chairman 
and Company Secretary, a full report 
was produced and presented to the 
Board by Independent Audit which drew 
positive conclusions including that the 
Board and its Committees were 
performing effectively and are 
appropriately constituted. The report 
went on to make certain further 
recommendations including the 
planning of agendas to include further 
business-specific reviews and increasing 
the focus on succession planning and 
people issues more generally. 

During 2018, the Board carried out an 
internal review which built upon the 
2017 external review. The internal review 
was led by the Chairman with the 
assistance of the Company Secretary. It 
commenced with discussions between 
the Chairman and the Company 
Secretary, a review of the findings of the 
2017 external review and of progress 
made during the year against its 
recommendations. The discussions led to 
the design of a questionnaire which was 
disseminated to members of the Board. 
Responses to the questionnaires were 
collated by the Company Secretary and 
a report presented to the Board detailing 
any views expressed by members of the 
Board together with progress made to 
date against previous recommendations. 
That report was the subject of a detailed 
and constructive discussion by the Board.

The 2018 review demonstrated that 
progress had been made towards 
implementing the recommendations 
made in 2017. In particular, the Board 
agenda continues to include a number of 
site visits each year and greater focus has 
been placed on succession and people 
issues both by the Board and the 
Nominations Committee. The review 
confirmed the conclusions drawn in 2017 
that the Board and its Committees were 
performing effectively and were 
appropriately constituted. Further actions 
agreed by the Board following the 2018 
review included continuing to place 
further emphasis on succession planning, 
continuing the Board’s review of the 
Group’s corporate governance framework 
in the light of the 2018 Code, increasing 
internal audit activity during this financial 
year and further developing the 

information reported to the Board in 
respect of KPIs in the Engineering division.

During the year, the Chairman also 
evaluated the performance of the 
Directors through informal discussions 
and observations. The Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director 
and the other Non-Executive Directors 
have met, without the Chairman 
present, to appraise his performance.

Overall the Board considered the 
performance of each Director to be 
effective and concluded that the Board 
and its Committees provide effective 
leadership and that appropriate 
governance and controls are in place. 
The Board will continue to review its 
procedures, effectiveness and 
development in the future.

NON-EXECUTIVE  
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The outcomes from the external review 
in 2017 and the internal review in 2018 
also enabled the Board to confirm its 
views in relation to Non-Executive 
Director independence. This was given 
greater focus due to the tenure of Alistair 
Wannop being more than nine years. 
The reports did not highlight or give rise 
to any issues or concerns in relation to 
the independence of any Directors and 
confirmed the Board’s view that 
independence cannot be determined 
solely by reference to the tenure of any 
Director, particularly in the absence of 
any other circumstances or matters 
(including those detailed at paragraph 
B.1.1. of the Code) which could give rise 
to independence being questioned. 

The Board noted that Alistair Wannop 
had no material business relationships 
with the Company, does not hold  
a significant shareholding, does  
not represent any shareholder, does  
not have any family connections with 
the Company, and has not served the 
Company in any capacity other than  
as a Non-Executive Director. The Board 
was entirely satisfied that Alistair 
Wannop continued to exercise the level 
of objectivity and challenge that would 
be expected of an independent  
Non-Executive Director and that his 
knowledge of the Company and the 
markets in which it operates was of 
enormous benefit to the Board. The 
Board has therefore determined that 
Alistair Wannop, Ian Wood and John 
Worby are independent. The question  
of Non-Executive Director independence 
is a matter which is kept under review 
and thoroughly assessed by the Board. 

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018BOARD COMMITTEES

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee’s key function  
is to review the effectiveness of the 
Company’s financial reporting and 
performance of the external auditor.

The Audit Committee comprises three 
independent Non-Executive Directors: 
John Worby (Chairman), Ian Wood and 
Alistair Wannop. The Board considers 
that the Committee meets the 
requirements of the Code and is 
appropriate for a company its size.  
In particular, the three members bring 
financial, agricultural and engineering 
experience to the Committee together 
with a good understanding of the 
businesses within the Group and the 
risks that they face. The work, 
responsibilities and governance of the 
Audit Committee are set out on pages  
30-32. The Chairman of the Audit 
Committee will be available at the AGM 
to answer any shareholder questions on 
the Committee and its activities.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee 
comprises three independent Non-
Executive Directors: Ian Wood 
(Chairman), John Worby and Alistair 
Wannop. The work, responsibilities and 
governance of the Remuneration 
Committee are set out on pages 33-43. 
The Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee will be available at the AGM 
to answer any shareholder questions on 
the Committee and its activities.

Nominations Committee

During the year the Nominations 
Committee comprised Chris Holmes 
(Chairman), Alistair Wannop, John Worby 
and Ian Wood. The work, responsibilities 
and governance of the Nominations 
Committee are set out on page 44-45. 
The Chair of the Nominations 
Committee will be available at the AGM 
to answer any shareholder questions on 
the Committee and its activities.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

The Board recognises and values the 
importance of good communications 
with all shareholders. The Group 
maintains dialogue with substantial  
and institutional shareholders and 
analysts, and hosts presentations on  
the preliminary and interim results. 
Shareholders have access to the 
Company’s website  
at www.carrsgroup.com.

We engage with our shareholders 
through our regular communications. 
Significant matters relating to trading or 
development of the business are 
disseminated to the market by way of 

Stock Exchange announcements. We 
announce our financial results on a six 
monthly basis with all shareholders 
receiving a half year statement, and we 
produce trading updates during the 
year. All reports and updates are  
made available on the Company’s 
website.

The AGM provides all shareholders with 
the opportunity to develop further their 
understanding of the Group. It is the 
principal forum for all the Directors to 
engage in dialogue with private 
investors. All shareholders are given the 
opportunity to raise questions on any 
matter at the meeting. The Company 
aims to send notices of AGMs to 
shareholders at least 20 working days 
before the meeting, as required by the 
Code, and it is the Company’s practice 
to indicate the proxy voting results on  
all resolutions at the meetings. Following 
the AGM the voting results for each 
resolution are published and are 
available on the Company’s website.

FAIR, BALANCED AND 
UNDERSTANDABLE

The Directors have also reviewed the 
financial statements and taken as a 
whole consider them to be fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provide the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

INTERNAL CONTROL 

The Board of Directors has overall 
responsibility for the Group’s system of 
internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness, including: financial, 
operational and compliance controls  
and risk management, which safeguard 
the shareholders’ investment and the 
Group’s assets. Such systems can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss, being designed to manage rather 
than eliminate the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives.

The Board of Directors is not aware of 
any significant losses caused by breaches 
of internal control in the year.

The Group operates within a clearly 
defined organisational structure with 
established responsibilities, authorities 
and reporting lines to the Board. The 
organisational structure has been 
designed in order to plan, execute, 
monitor and control the Group’s 
objectives effectively and to ensure that 
internal control becomes embedded in 
the operations. The Board confirms that 
the key on-going processes and features 
of the Group’s internal risk based control 
system, which accord with the Turnbull 
guidance, have been fully operative 

throughout the year and up to the date 
of the Annual Report being approved. 
These include: a process to identify and 
evaluate business risk; a strong control 
environment; an information and 
communication process; a monitoring 
system and a regular Board review for 
effectiveness. The Group Finance 
Director is responsible for overseeing  
the Group’s internal controls. 

The Group’s internal controls systems 
cover controls over the financial 
reporting process, including monthly 
reporting from subsidiaries, its associates 
and joint ventures. This reporting is 
subject to detailed review by the Chief 
Executive and the Group Finance 
Director, and validation by the Group 
finance team, and forms the basis for 
information presented to and reviewed 
by the Board. All monthly reporting is 
prepared in line with Group accounting 
policies, which are reviewed annually 
and are also subject to review by the 
external auditors.

The management of the Group’s 
businesses identified the key business 
risks within their operations, considered 
the financial implications and assessed 
the effectiveness of the control 
processes in place to mitigate these risks. 
The Board reviewed a summary of the 
findings and this, along with direct 
involvement in the strategies of the 
businesses, investment appraisal and 
budgeting process, enabled the Board  
to report on the effectiveness of  
internal control. A summary of the risk 
management framework and  
key risks to the business are set out  
on pages 14-16.

By order of the Board 

MATTHEW RATCLIFFE 
Company Secretary 
Carlisle 
CA3 9BA 
19 November 2018

29

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsAudit Committee Report

During the year, the Committee conducted an audit tender 
whilst continuing its focus on contract accounting and the 
enhancement of controls within the Engineering division.

I would also like to welcome KPMG 
to the role from next year and we look 
forward to working alongside them  
in 2019.

RESPONSIBILITIES

The key responsibility of the Committee 
is to provide effective governance over 
the appropriateness of the Company’s 
financial reporting. 

Under its terms of reference, the 
Committee is required, amongst other 
things, to:
•  monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company including 
the appropriateness of the accounting 
policies adopted and whether the 
Annual Report was fair, balanced and 
understandable; 

•  review, understand and evaluate the 
Company’s internal financial risk, and 
other internal controls and risk 
management systems; 

•  appraise the Board on how the 

Company’s prospects are assessed; 

•  oversee the relationship with the 

external auditors, making 
recommendations to the Board  
in relation to their appointment, 
remuneration and terms of 
engagement; 

•  monitor and review the effectiveness 
of the external audit including the 
external auditors’ independence, 
objectivity and effectiveness and  
to approve the policy on the 
engagement of the external auditors 
to supply non-audit services; and
•  monitor and review the internal audit 

activities in the Company.

The Committee’s terms of reference  
can be found on the Company’s website 
www.carrsgroup.com.

COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE 
AND MEETINGS

The Audit Committee comprises the three 
Non-Executive Directors, John Worby, 
who is Chairman of the Committee, 
Ian Wood and Alistair Wannop. The 
Chairman of the Committee has recent 
and relevant financial experience and 
collectively the members of the 
Committee have experience of the 
agricultural and engineering industries. 
Details of Committee members’ 
qualifications can be found on page 21. 

The Audit Committee met three times 
during the year, and has an agenda  
linked to the Group financial calendar.  
It invites the Chairman, the Chief 
Executive, the Group Finance Director,  
the Head of Group Finance, the Head  
of Business Finance and the external 
auditors to attend its meetings.  
The Committee met with the external 
auditors at the conclusion of the  
audit without the Executive Directors 
being present.

The Committee has met once since the 
end of the financial year to consider the 
results and the Annual Report for the 
year ended 1 September 2018.

MAIN ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR

Set out below is a summary of the key 
areas considered by the Committee 
during the year and up to the date  
of this report.

FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the year the Audit Committee 
reviewed reports and information 
provided by both the Group Finance 
Director and the external auditors in 
respect of the half year and annual 
financial report.

An important responsibility of the Audit 
Committee is to review and agree 
significant estimates and judgements 
made by management. To satisfy this 
responsibility, the Committee reviewed 
a written formal update from the Group 
Finance Director on such issues at the 
two meetings that reviewed the half 
year and year end results, as well as 
reports from the external auditors. The 
Committee carefully considered the 
content of these reports in evaluating 
the significant issues and areas of 
judgement across the Group.

JOHN WORBY
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

INTRODUCTION 

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am 
pleased to present this report to 
shareholders. The purpose of the report 
is to highlight the areas that the 
Committee has reviewed and how we 
have discharged our responsibilities 
effectively during the year. This has been 
a significant year for the Committee, 
having conducted an external audit 
tender process during the spring.

The report sets out full details of the 
external audit tender and selection 
process which resulted in KPMG LLP 
(‘KPMG’) being selected as auditors 
subject to approval at the AGM in 
January 2019. 

Given the historic association with the 
Group, having first been appointed  
in 1909, and in the spirit of the UK 
corporate governance framework,  
PwC were not invited to re-tender  
for the audit. 

On behalf of the Board and the Audit 
Committee, I would like to thank  
PwC for their level of diligent service  
to the Group over what has been  
a remarkable period.

30

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018The key areas of judgement in the year 
were as follows:
•  The assumptions adopted for the 

accounting valuation of our defined 
benefit pension scheme. The 
Committee concluded that the 
assumptions used were appropriate;

•  Potential impairment of assets 
including goodwill particularly  
in relation to the UK Engineering 
businesses of Bendalls and Chirton, 
given the performances of these 
businesses in the prior year.  
The Committee noted that the 
performance of Chirton was 
significantly better than the prior  
year and ahead of expectations.  
The Committee also noted that  
there had been improvements made 
to the controls in operation across  
both businesses. Whilst the 
performance of Bendalls was much 
improved, it was below original 
expectations. In the light of this, the 
Committee determined that an 
impairment of the goodwill associated 
with Bendalls should be made 
totalling £0.5m. The Committee was 
satisfied that the remaining carrying 
value of the Bendalls business was 
recoverable. In relation to Chirton,  
it was determined that, given its 
financial performance during the year, 
no further impairment of goodwill  
was required over and above that 
made in 2017;

•  Provisioning policies in relation to 

accounts receivable, particularly in the 
Agriculture division, and for certain 
disputes and potential claims/
liabilities. The Committee determined 
that the judgments made were 
appropriate to justify the provisions 
held at 1 September 2018;

•  Accounting for long term contracts. 

The Committee reviewed 
performance on certain contracts in 
the Engineering division which were 
only part complete at the year end 
and agreed with management’s 
judgements; and

•  Finalisation of the valuation of certain 
intangible assets of NuVision following 
its acquisition in August 2017. The 
Committee concluded the valuations 
were appropriate.

The Committee, further to the Board’s 
request, has reviewed the annual report 
and financial statements with the 
intention of providing advice to the 
Board on whether, as required by the 
Code, ‘the annual report and accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 

to assess the company’s performance, 
business model and strategy’.

audit plan to us each year identifying 
their assessment of these key risks.

To make this assessment, the Committee 
reviewed a report prepared by the 
Group Finance Director outlining the 
relevant key matters worthy of 
consideration. The Committee was 
satisfied that, where relevant, all the  
key events and issues which have been 
reported to the Board in the CEO’s 
monthly reports during the year, both 
good and bad, have been adequately 
referenced or reflected within the  
annual report.

The Committee has also reviewed the 
Group’s going concern and viability 
statement disclosures. It received a 
written report prepared by the Group 
Finance Director which enabled it to 
review the base assumptions and various 
sensitised scenarios throughout the 
forecast period. The Committee was 
comfortable with the disclosures made.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK 
MANAGEMENT

During the year the Committee 
continued to review the effectiveness  
of the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems. The Committee 
noted that work done by internal  
audit, as discussed below, confirmed 
that recommendations made in the  
prior year to improve controls 
in the UK Engineering business had 
been implemented.

The Committee reported to the  
Board that it had reviewed, and was 
satisfied with, the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal control and risk 
management systems.  

EXTERNAL AUDIT

PwC and its predecessor firms have 
been the external auditors for Carr’s 
Group plc since 1909. The Audit 
Committee annually assesses the 
qualification, expertise and 
independence of the auditors and the 
effectiveness of the audit process.  
PwC’s current engagement partner  
is Bill MacLeod, and he has been  
in place since being appointed for the 
Group’s 2014 year end.

Following approval by shareholders  
to re-appoint PwC at last year’s AGM, 
the Audit Committee reviewed and 
approved the terms of engagement  
and remuneration of the external 
auditors for the 2018 financial year.

AUDIT EFFECTIVENESS

The effectiveness of the external audit 
process is dependent on appropriate 
audit risk identification at the start of the 
audit cycle. PwC present their detailed 

Our assessment of the effectiveness  
and quality of the audit process and 
addressing these key risks is formed by, 
amongst other things, the reporting 
from the auditors. In addition, each year, 
the Audit Committee assesses its 
performance and the effectiveness  
of the external auditor through a 
questionnaire completed by Audit 
Committee members and members  
of the Group’s senior finance team.  
The output of that review was 
considered in detail, discussed by the 
Audit Committee and discussed with 
the external auditors. The Committee 
was satisfied with the review process, 
the performance of the Committee and 
the effectiveness of the external audit.  

EXTERNAL AUDIT TENDER 

The Audit Committee is responsible  
for recommendations for the 
appointment, reappointment or removal 
of external auditors and for approval  
of their remuneration. 

As indicated in our 2017 Annual Report 
and Accounts, and in accordance with 
regulatory requirements, the Committee 
initiated and supervised a tender process 
with a view to appointing a new 
external auditor for the 2019 year end 
following the conclusion of the five year 
term of the current audit partner. 

As explained above, PwC were not 
invited to tender due to their length  
of service to the Group. Following a 
detailed shortlisting process, three audit 
firms were selected which were 
considered to have suitable experience 
across both of the Group’s divisions and 
in each of the Group’s geographies.  
The process was overseen by the Audit 
Committee Chair, who also chaired the 
selection panel.

The tender process commenced in 
December 2017 with the establishment 
of a secure data room accessible to 
tendering firms. Invitations to tender 
were issued in January 2018 and 
meetings with the Chairman of the 
Company, Audit Committee Chairman 
and key management across the Group 
took place during February and March 
2018. Tender proposals were submitted 
in March 2018 which were followed  
by presentations being delivered by 
tendering firms to the selection panel, 
which comprised the Audit Committee 
Chairman and key Group management 
in April 2018.

31

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsAudit Committee Report (continued)

audit work was focused on reviewing 
the controls in the UK Engineering 
business and ensuring appropriate 
implementation of the controls 
recommendations from the 2017 review. 

In view of its establishment during the year, 
no formal review of internal audit was 
undertaken in the year but it is planned 
this will be undertaken in the year ahead 
when the internal audit function is 
anticipated to be in full operation.

OTHER ACTIVITIES 

The Committee also reviewed its terms 
of reference, its effectiveness, the 
Group’s policies on whistleblowing, 
business ethics and on the prevention 
of bribery and modern slavery.

As Chairman of the Committee, I will  
be available at the Annual General 
Meeting to respond to any shareholder 
questions that might be raised on the 
Committee’s activities.

JOHN WORBY 
Audit Committee Chairman 
19 November 2018

In accordance with the Auditing 
Practices Board Ethical Standards, the 
Group’s external auditor must implement 
rules and requirements which include 
that none of their employees working 
on our audit can hold any shares in Carr’s. 
The external auditor is also required to 
tell us about any significant facts and 
matters that may reasonably be thought 
to bear on their independence or on the 
objectivity of the lead partner and the 
audit team. The lead partner in the audit 
team must change every five years. 

The Audit Committee reviewed and 
approved the non-audit services policy, 
the objective of which is to ensure that 
the provision of such services does not 
impair, or is not perceived to impair, the 
external auditors’ independence or 
objectivity. The policy imposes guidance 
on the areas of work that the external 
auditors may be asked to undertake and 
those assignments where the external 
auditors should not be involved. There is 
a further category of services for which  
a case-by-case decision is necessary. The 
policy can be viewed on the Company’s 
website www.carrsgroup.com.

In order to ensure that the policy is 
effective and the level of non-audit fees 
is kept under review, major work to  
be awarded to the audit firm must  
be agreed in advance by the Audit 
Committee Chairman. For the 2018 
financial year end, there was no  
non-audit work undertaken by the 
Group’s auditors.

INTERNAL AUDIT

Following the acquisitions of NuVision 
Engineering, Inc and STABER GmbH  
it was determined in 2017 by the 
Committee to be appropriate, given the 
increased diversity and geographic 
spread of the Group’s engineering 
division, for an internal audit function  
to be established. 

During the year, the Group appointed  
an individual to the position of Head  
of Internal Audit and established the 
framework under which internal audit 
will operate, including an internal audit 
charter and a risk assessed internal  
audit plan which was approved by the 
Committee. During the year, the internal 

The selection process was carried  
out using rigorous scoring criteria 
determined at the outset of the 
tendering process which included 
consideration of each firm’s:
•  quality of service, approach and 

expertise; 

•  independence, effectiveness and 

efficiency;

•  commitment and proactivity;
•  culture and the potential for 

relationship building; 
•  clarity of communication;
•  audit quality procedures; and
•  proposed fees, and ability to deliver 

value.

The respective merits of the tendering 
firms were subsequently debated by the 
Committee and each of the members  
of the selection panel. Ultimately, the 
Committee recommended KPMG, with 
Nick Plumb as lead audit partner, to the 
Board as the Group’s new external 
auditors as it was considered that they 
were best placed to fulfil the selection 
criteria and deliver an effective audit 
service to the Group. 

The Board’s proposed appointment of 
KPMG to act as the Group’s auditors for 
the 2019 financial year was announced 
on 27 April 2018. KPMG’s appointment 
will be put to shareholders at the AGM 
which will take place on 8 January 2019. 

As part of KPMG’s preparations for their 
engagment as external auditors, KPMG 
attended the 2018 year end Audit 
Commitee meeting.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE

The Group meets its obligations for 
maintaining an appropriate relationship 
with the external auditors through the 
Audit Committee, whose terms of 
reference include an obligation to 
consider and keep under review the 
degree of work undertaken by the 
external auditor other than the statutory 
audit, to ensure such objectivity and 
independence is safeguarded.

32

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Remuneration Committee Report

Performance and Remuneration  
in 2017/18

How the policy will be implemented  
in 2018/19

The Remuneration Committee 
continually reviews the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy to ensure it 
promotes the attraction, retention and 
incentivisation of high calibre executives 
to deliver the Group’s strategy.

For 2018/19, the maximum annual bonus 
for the Executive Directors’ will remain 
100% of salary, with 25% of any bonus 
being deferred for two years in the form 
of shares. The Committee also intends  
to grant LTIP awards of 100% of salary, 
which will be based upon stretching  
EPS targets. 

Salary increases were awarded to the 
Executive Directors effective  
1 September 2018 of 2.5%. This is 
consistent with the rest of the workforce.

I hope that you are able to support  
the Remuneration Committee’s Report 
at the forthcoming AGM.

IAN WOOD 
Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee 
19 November 2018

As described in the Strategic report,  
the Group’s financial performance in the 
year under review was better than the 
Board’s original expectations. Overall, 
reported profit before tax was up 55.0% 
to £15.5m (2017: £10.0m) and adjusted 
earnings per share was up 56.2% to 13.9p 
(2017: 8.9p). In addition to this strong 
financial performance, good progress 
was made towards achieving the 
Group’s strategic targets and in 
positioning the business well for future 
growth. The financial and strategic 
targets set by the Remuneration 
Committee, together with the resulting 
remuneration payable to the Executive 
Directors, are detailed in the 
Remuneration Committee’s Report 
which follows.

Key matters for consideration  
in 2017/2018

The current Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy was approved by shareholders at 
the AGM which took place on 9 January 
2018. As promised in the Remuneration 
Report for 2017, which was also approved 
at that AGM, the Committee has spent 
time during the last year considering the 
performance measures currently used  
by the Committee in relation to LTIP. In 
particular, the Committee has considered 
a number of financial and market 
performance measures with a view  
to ensuring that the long-term incentives 
offered to Executive Directors and Senior 
Management best align with the interests 
of the Group and its shareholders.  
After a detailed consideration, involving 
independent advice from remuneration 
consultants and consultation with certain 
shareholders, the Committee determined 
that growth in adjusted earnings per 
share (EPS) remained the most 
appropriate measure against which the 
long-term performance of the Group 
should be assessed. This is because 
growth in adjusted EPS directly measures 
improvement in the Group’s underlying 
financial performance and is visible to 
shareholders. No changes to the 
Committee’s Remuneration Policy are 
therefore proposed this year. 

33

IAN WOOD
CHAIRMAN OF THE  
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

ANNUAL STATEMENT  
FROM THE CHAIR OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Board, I am pleased 
to present the Report of the 
Remuneration Committee for the year 
ended 1 September 2018.

The Committee’s report is presented  
in the following sections:

1.  This Annual Statement, which 

summarises the key considerations  
of the Committee during the year  
and forms part of the Annual Report 
on Remuneration. 

2. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy, 
which sets out the Policy for the 
Executive Directors, Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors. The 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy was 
approved at the AGM which took 
place on 9 January 2018. There are  
no changes to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy for 2018/19.

3. The Annual Report on Remuneration, 

which sets out how the Remuneration 
Policy has been applied in 2017/18, the 
remuneration received by Directors for 
the year and how the policy will be 
applied in 2018/19. The Annual Report 
on Remuneration will be subject to an 
advisory shareholder vote at the AGM.

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRemuneration Committee Report (continued)

CONSIDERATIONS OF 
CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE  
IN THE GROUP

In determining the remuneration of the 
Group’s Directors, the Committee takes 
into account the pay arrangements and 
terms and conditions across the Group as 
a whole. The Committee seeks to ensure 
that the underlying principles which form 
the basis for decisions on Directors’ pay 
are consistent with those on which pay 
decisions for the rest of the workforce are 
taken. For example, the Committee takes 
into account the general salary increase 
for the broader employee population 
when conducting the salary review for 
the Executive Directors.

However, there are some differences  
in the Executive Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy compared to that for the wider 
workforce, which the Committee 
believes are necessary to reflect the 
differing levels of seniority and 
responsibility. A greater weight is placed 
on performance-based pay through the 
quantum and participation levels in 
incentive schemes to ensure the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors 
is aligned with the performance of the 
Group and the interests of shareholders.

CONSIDERATION OF 
SHAREHOLDER VIEWS

In formulating this policy, the 
Committee took into account guidance 
issued by shareholders and proxy 
agencies. During both 2017 and 2018, 
detailed discussions took place with 
certain major shareholders and proxy 
agencies with a view to formulating this 
policy and any changes that might be 
required to be made to it. The 
Committee continues to welcome 
feedback from shareholders received at 
each AGM in addition to any feedback 
received throughout the year. 

REMUNERATION POLICY

Overview of policy

When setting the policy for Directors’ 
remuneration, the Committee takes 
into account the overall business 
strategy, considering the long-term 
interests of the Group, with the aim  
of delivering rewards to shareholders. 
The remuneration policy is ultimately 
designed to appropriately incentivise 
Executive Directors with a view  
to maximising shareholder value.

The Group’s policy is that the overall 
remuneration packages offered should 
be sufficiently competitive to attract, 
retain and motivate high quality 
executives and to align the rewards  
of the Executive Directors with the 
progress of the Group, whilst giving 
consideration to salary levels in similar 
size quoted companies in similar industry 
sectors and views of shareholders. 

The remuneration package is split into 
two parts:
•  a non-performance related element 
represented by basic salary, benefit 
and pension; and

•  a performance related element in the 
form of an annual bonus and a Long 
Term Incentive Plan.

This part of the report sets out the 
remuneration policy for the Group and 
has been prepared in accordance with 
The Large and Medium sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 
(as amended). 

The policy was approved by the 
shareholders at the AGM which took 
place on 9 January 2018 and is therefore 
currently in effect. No changes to the 
policy are proposed for approval at the 
forthcoming AGM on 8 January 2019.

The role of the Committee

The primary role of the Remuneration 
Committee is to make recommendations 
to the Board on the Company’s policy for 
executive remuneration. The Committee 
also has delegated responsibility for 
determining the remuneration and 
benefits of the Chairman, the Executive 
Directors and the Secretary. 

Key responsibilities include:
•  determining the framework for the 

remuneration of the Group’s Executive 
Directors and Chairman;

•  determining the total remuneration 
packages, authorise terms and 
conditions, and issue contracts  
for the Board;

•  approving the design and determining 
the targets for performance related pay 
schemes of the Executive Directors;
•  reviewing the ongoing appropriateness 
and relevance of the Remuneration 
Policy to ensure that is it aligned with 
the strategy of the Group;

•  ensuring that the Group rewards  

fairly and responsibly, with clear links 
to both corporate and individual 
performance; and

•  reviewing the design of any share 
incentive plans for approval by the 
Board and shareholders.

34

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018REMUNERATION POLICY TABLE

Element

Base salary

Purpose and  
link to strategy

To attract and 
retain the best 
talent. 

Reflects an 
individual’s 
experience, 
performance 
and 
responsibilities 
within the 
Group. 

Policy and approach

Salary levels (and subsequent salary increases) are set taking 
into consideration a number of factors, including:
•  level of skill, experience and scope of responsibilities  

of individual;

•  business performance, economic climate and  

market conditions;

•  increases elsewhere in the Group; and
•  external comparator groups (used for reference  

purposes only).

Salaries are normally reviewed annually with any increase 
effective 1 September each year.

Opportunity

There is no formal 
maximum; 
however, increases 
will normally align 
with the general 
increase for the 
broader employee 
population of the 
Group. More 
significant increases 
may be awarded 
from time to time 
to recognise,  
for example, 
development  
in role and change 
in position or 
responsibility.

Current salary levels 
are disclosed in the 
Annual Report on 
Remuneration.

Pension

Benefits

Provides a 
competitive 
and appropriate 
pension 
package. 

Executive Directors are entitled to participate in a defined 
contribution pension arrangement or to receive a cash 
alternative to those contributions.

Up to 15%  
of base salary.

Company contributions are up to 15% of base salary.  
To the extent that pension contributions exceed annual  
tax-free allowances, Executive Directors will be entitled  
to receive payment through ordinary payroll in lieu  
of pension contributions.

To aid retention 
and remain 
competitive  
in the  
market place.

Benefits provided include permanent health insurance, private 
medical insurance and life assurance. Relocation benefits may 
also be provided in the case of recruitment of a new Executive 
Director. The benefits provided may be subject to minor 
amendment from time to time by the Committee within  
this policy. 

The Company may reimburse any reasonable business related 
expenses incurred in connection with their role (including tax 
thereon if these are determined to be taxable benefits). 

Market rate 
determines value. 
There is no 
prescribed 
maximum level but 
the Remuneration 
Committee 
monitors the 
overall cost of 
benefits to ensure 
that it remains 
appropriate.

35

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRemuneration Committee Report (continued)

Element

Annual bonus

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Policy and approach

Designed to 
reward delivery 
of key strategic 
priorities during 
the year.

Bonus levels and appropriateness of performance measures and 
weighting are reviewed annually to ensure they continue to 
support our strategy. Bonuses are capped at 100% of base salary. 
25% of any bonus earned will be deferred into awards over 
shares, with awards normally vesting after a two-year period. 

Opportunity

Maximum of 100% 
of base salary.

Performance is measured against stretching targets. These may 
include financial and non-financial measures. Financial measures  
will account for the majority and will typically include a profit 
related target. Performance targets will be disclosed retrospectively. 
The threshold level of bonus under each measure is 0%.

The cash element of the bonus is usually paid in November each 
year for performance in the previous financial year. 

Dividends will accrue on deferred awards over the vesting period 
and be paid out either as cash or as shares on vesting and in 
respect of the number of shares that have vested.

A malus and clawback mechanism applies in specific circumstances 
including in the event of a material misstatement of the Group’s 
accounts and also for other defined reasons. These provisions apply 
to both the cash and deferred elements of the bonus.

A HMRC approved SAYE scheme is available to eligible staff, 
including Executive Directors. 

The schemes are 
subject to the 
limits set by HMRC 
from time to time. 

Annual awards of performance shares which normally vest after 
three years subject to performance conditions.

Maximum of 100% 
of base salary.

Award levels and performance conditions required for vesting 
are reviewed annually to ensure they continue to support the 
Group’s strategy. Awards are capped at the equivalent of 100% 
of base salary at the date of award.

Awards are based upon an EPS growth measure. During 2018 
the Committee considered the potential introduction of one  
or more additional LTIP performance measures in consultation 
with certain major shareholders. Following such consultation, 
it was determined that EPS remained the most appropriate 
measure for assessing performance for the purpose of the  
LTIP and so no changes to the LTIP are proposed this year. 

25% vests at threshold performance. There is straight line 
vesting between threshold and maximum. 

Two year post-vesting holding period applies to the net of tax 
shares for awards granted in 2018 and beyond. 

A malus and clawback mechanism applies in specific 
circumstances including in the event of a material misstatement 
of the Group’s accounts and also for other defined reasons. 

Save As You 
Earn (SAYE)

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)

To encourage 
employee 
involvement 
and encourage 
greater 
shareholder 
alignment.

To motivate and 
incentivise 
delivery of 
sustained 
performance 
over the longer 
term, and to 
support and 
encourage 
greater 
shareholder 
alignment.

Shareholding 
guidelines

To provide 
alignment with 
shareholder 
interests. 

Executive Directors are required to build up a shareholding 
equivalent to 200% of base salary over a five year period. 

N/A

36

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS REMUNERATION

Element

Non-
Executive 
Director fees

Purpose and  
link to strategy

To attract  
and retain  
a high-calibre 
Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Directors by 
offering 
market-
competitive  
fee levels. 

Policy and approach

Remuneration reflects:
•  the time commitment and responsibility of their roles;
•  market rate; and
•  that they do not participate in any bonus, pension or share 

based scheme.

Our policy is for the Executive Directors to review the 
remuneration of Non-Executive Directors annually following 
consultation with the Chairman. The Chairman’s remuneration 
is reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are entitled to 
reimbursement of reasonable expenses. They may also receive 
limited travel or accommodation-related benefits in connection 
with their role as a Director. 

The Non-Executive Directors will not participate in the Group’s 
share, bonus or pension schemes. 

Non-Executive Directors are engaged for terms of one year subject 
to appointment and reappointment at the Company’s AGM.

Opportunity

Non-Executive 
Directors receive  
a single fee for  
all services to the 
Company. Levels of 
fee are reviewed 
annually with any 
increases normally 
aligning with 
general increases 
for the broader 
employee 
population  
of the Group.

REMUNERATION  
COMMITTEE DISCRETIONS

The Committee will operate the annual 
bonus plan and LTIP according to their 
respective rules. To ensure the efficient 
operation and administration of these 
plans, the Committee retains discretion 
in relation to a number of areas.  
This is consistent with market practice 
and these include (but are not limited to) 
the following:
•  the participants; 
•  the timing of grant and/or payment; 
•  the size of grants and/or payments 
(within the limits set out in the  
Policy table); 

•  the determination of vesting based  
on the assessment of performance;
•  the determination of a “good leaver” 

and where relevant the extent  
of vesting in the case of the  
share-based plans; 

•  treatment in exceptional 

circumstances such as a change  
of control;

•  making the appropriate adjustments 
required in certain circumstances  
(e.g. rights issues, corporate 
restructuring events, variation  
of capital and special dividends); 

•  cash settling awards; and 
•  the annual review of performance 
measures, weightings and setting 
targets for the discretionary incentive 
plans from year to year. 

The Committee also retains the ability  
to adjust existing performance conditions 
for exceptional events so that they can 
still fulfil their original purpose. Any 
varied performance condition would  
not be materially less difficult to satisfy 
in the circumstances.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES  
AND TARGETS

Our Group strategy and business 
objectives are the primary consideration 
when we are selecting performance 
measures for incentive plans. The annual 
bonus is based on performance against a 
stretching combination of financial and 
non-financial measures. Profit before tax 
reflects the Group’s strategic objective 
to increase profit. In addition, Executive 
Directors are assessed on strategic 
objectives as agreed by the Committee 
at the beginning of the year. The LTIP  
is assessed against growth in earnings 
per share as it rewards improvement  
in the Group’s underlying financial 
performance and is a measure of the 
Group’s overall financial success and  
is visible to shareholders. 

Targets within incentive plans that are 
related to internal financial measures, 
such as profit, are typically determined 
based on our budgets. The threshold 
and maximum levels of performance are 
set to reflect minimum acceptable levels 
at threshold and very stretching but 
achievable levels at maximum. At the 
end of each performance period we 
review performance against the targets, 
using judgement to account for items 
such as foreign exchange rate 
movements, changes in accounting 
treatment, and significant one-off 
transactions. The application of 
judgement is important to ensure that 
final assessments of performance are fair 
and appropriate. In addition, the 
Remuneration Committee reviews the 
bonus and incentive plan results before 
any payments are made to Executive 
Directors or any shares vest and has full 
discretion to adjust the final payment or 
vesting downwards if they believe the 
circumstances warrant it.

37

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRemuneration Committee Report (continued)

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’  
TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT  
AND LOSS OF OFFICE 

The Group’s current policy is not to enter 
into employment contracts with any 
element of notice period in excess of 
one year. All Non-Executives are 
appointed for terms of 12 months and 
stand for re-election annually at the 
Company’s AGM. Copies of Executive 
Directors’ service contracts and  
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office 
during normal hours of business and  
will be available at the Company’s AGM.

Effective dates of service contracts and 
first appointment to the Board for all 
Directors are given below.

An Executive Director’s service contract 
may be terminated summarily without 
notice and without any further payment 
or compensation, except for sums 
accrued up to the date of termination,  
if they are deemed to be guilty of gross 
misconduct or for any other material 
breach of the obligations under their 
employment contract. 

The Group has the right to terminate 
contracts by making a payment in lieu  
of notice. Any such payment will 
typically reflect the individual’s salary, 
benefits and pension entitlements.  
The Group has the ability to mitigate 
costs and phase payments if alternative 
employment is obtained.

There will be no automatic entitlement 
to a bonus if an Executive Director has 
ceased employment or is under notice. 
However, the Committee may at its 
discretion pay a pro-rated bonus in respect 
of the proportion of the financial year 
worked. Such payment could be payable 
in cash and not subject to deferral.

Any share-based entitlements granted 
to an Executive Director under the 
Group’s share plans will be treated in 
accordance with the relevant plan rules. 
Usually, any outstanding awards lapse 
on cessation of employment. However, 
in certain prescribed circumstances, such 
as death, ill-health, injury, disability, 
redundancy, retirement with the consent 
of the Committee, or any other 
circumstances at the discretion of the 
Committee, “good leaver” status may  
be applied. 

For good leavers under the LTIP, 
outstanding awards will vest at the 
original vesting date to the extent that 
the performance condition has been 
satisfied and be reduced on a pro-rata 
basis to reflect the period of time which 
has elapsed between the grant date and 
the date on which the participant ceases 
to be employed by the Group. For good 
leavers under the deferred bonus plan, 
unvested awards will usually vest in full 
upon cessation. 

In determining whether a departing 
Executive Director should be treated  
as a “good leaver”, the Committee will 
take into account the performance of 
the individual and Group over the whole 
period of employment and the reasons 
for the individual’s departure.

In the event of a change of control 
resulting in termination of office,  
the Executive Directors are entitled  
to 12 months’ base salary. 

The Non-Executive Directors are not 
entitled to any compensation for loss  
of office.

Executive Directors

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors

Chris Holmes

Alistair Wannop

John Worby

Ian Wood

Effective date of service 
contract/letter of 
appointment

Date first appointed  
to the Board

18 October 2012

1 January 2013

1 March 2013

1 May 2013

2 September 2018

7 January 1992

2 September 2018

1 September 2005

2 September 2018

1 April 2015

2 September 2018

1 October 2015

APPROACH TO RECRUITMENT 
REMUNERATION

The remuneration package for a new 
Executive Director would be set in 
accordance with the terms of the 
Company’s approved remuneration policy 
in force at the time of appointment.

Buy-out awards

In addition, the Committee may offer 
additional cash and/or share-based 
elements (on a one-time basis or ongoing) 
when it considers these to be in the best 
interests of the Group (and therefore 
shareholders). Any such payments would 
be limited to a reasonable estimate of 
value of remuneration lost when leaving  
the former employer and would reflect 
the delivery mechanism (i.e. cash and/or 
share-based), time horizons and whether 
performance requirements are attached 
to that remuneration. 

Maximum level of variable pay

The maximum initial level of long-term 
incentives which may be awarded to  
a new Executive Director will be limited 
to the maximum Long Term Incentive 
Plan limit of 100% of base salary. 
Therefore the maximum initial level of 
overall variable pay that may be offered 
will be 200% of base salary (i.e. 100% 
annual bonus plus 100% Long Term 
Incentive Plan). These limits are in 
addition to the value of any buy-out 
arrangements which are governed  
by the policy above.

In the case of an internal appointment, 
any variable pay element awarded in 
respect of the prior role would be 
allowed to pay out according to its terms, 
adjusted as relevant to take into account 
the appointment. In addition, any other 
previously awarded entitlements would 
continue, and be disclosed in the next 
annual report on remuneration.

Base salary and relocation expenses

The Committee has the flexibility to set 
the salary of a new appointment at  
a discount to the market level initially,  
with a series of planned increases 
implemented over the following few 
years to bring the salary to the 
appropriate market position, subject  
to individual performance in the role.

For external and internal appointments, 
the Committee may agree that the 
Group will meet certain relocation 
expenses as appropriate.

Appointment of Non-Executive Directors

For the appointment of a new Chairman 
or Non-Executive Director, the fee 
arrangement would be set in accordance 
with the approved remuneration policy 
in force at that time. 

38

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018ESTIMATES OF TOTAL FUTURE POTENTIAL REMUNERATION FROM 2018/2019 PAY PACKAGES

The tables below and opposite provide estimates of the potential future 
remuneration of each Executive Director based on the remuneration opportunity 
granted in the 2018/2019 financial year. Potential outcomes based on different 
scenarios are provided for each Executive Director.

The assumptions underlying each scenario are described below.

Fixed

Consists of base salary, pension and other benefits.

Base salaries are as at 1 September 2018.

Benefits are valued using the figures in the total remuneration  
for the 2018 financial year table, adjusted for any benefits that will not 
be provided during 2019.

Pensions are valued by applying the appropriate percentage to the 
base salary.

Base 
£’000

Benefits 
£’000

Pension  
£’000

Total 
£’000

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

280

207

1

1

42

31

323

239

On target

Based on what a Director would receive if performance was in line 
with plan and the threshold level was achieved under the LTIP.

Maximum Assumes that the full stretch target for the LTIP are achieved, and 

maximum performance is obtained under the annual bonus scheme 
against both financial and non-financial measures.

ANNUAL REPORT  
ON REMUNERATION

This part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report sets out a summary of how the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy was 
applied during 2017/18.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee comprises 
Ian Wood (Chairman), John Worby and 
Alistair Wannop. The Committee met  
on 6 occasions during the year with all 
members in attendance (see page 27).  
The greater frequency of meetings  
in the current year can be attributed  
to the implementation of changes which 
were introduced to the Committee’s 
Remuneration Policy and approved at the 
January 2018 AGM.

The Executive Directors and the 
Chairman may attend meetings of the 
Remuneration Committee by invitation 
and in an advisory capacity only.  
No person attends any part of a meeting 
at which his or her own remuneration  
is discussed. The Chairman and the 
Executive Directors determine the 
remuneration of the other Non-Executive 
Directors. The Chair of the Committee will 
be available at the AGM to answer any 
shareholder questions on the Committee 
and its activities.

During the year the Committee 
considered:
•  levels of basic pay for Executive 

Directors, the Chairman and senior 
management;

•  financial and strategic bonus targets 

for the Executive Directors;

•  the outcome of bonus arrangements 
for Executive Directors and senior 
management;

•  the award, and vesting, of long term 
incentives for Executive Directors and 
senior management; 

•  overall remuneration of Executive 

Directors; and

•  shareholder feedback in relation to 
long term incentive performance 
measures and remuneration policy 
generally.

2018 Remuneration  

In this section we summarise the pay 
packages awarded to our Executive 
Directors for performance in the 2018 
financial year versus 2017. The table on 
the next page shows all remuneration 
that was earned by each individual 
during the year and includes a single 
total remuneration figure for the year. 

Tim Davies, Chief Executive Officer 
Total:
£883,000

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Total:
£544,000

Total:
£323,000

Fixed

On target

Maximum

Neil Austin, Group Finance Director

800

600

400

200

0

Total:
£653,000

Total:
£395,000

Total:
£239,000

Fixed

On target

Maximum

 LTIP 

 Annual bonus 

 Salary and benefits

2018 ANNUAL BONUS PAYOUT

The annual bonus is calculated using 
a combination of financial and strategic 
performance targets which are set  
with regard to Group budget, historic 
performance, market outlook and  
future strategy. 

80% of the bonus was based on Group 
adjusted profit before tax (PBT). 
Adjusted PBT is calculated as reported 
PBT after adding back or deducting any 
one-off items outside of normal trading 
that were not anticipated at the time the 
performance targets were set, such as 
acquisition related costs. The Group is 
committed to disclosing its performance 
targets retrospectively save where this  
is prevented due to commercial 
sensitivities. For the year ended  
1 September 2018, the PBT targets were 
set in accordance with the table below.

Threshold 
target  
£’000

Maximum 
target  
£’000

Group

14,700

15,800

Payments are adjusted on a straight line 
basis between the threshold and 
maximum PBT targets.

39

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRemuneration Committee Report (continued)

DIRECTOR REMUNERATION 2017/2018 (AUDITED INFORMATION)

Salary/Fees

Benefits 1

Bonus 2

LTIP 3

Pension

Total

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

Executive Directors

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

Non-Executive Directors

Chris Holmes

Alistair Wannop

John Worby

Ian Wood 

274

202

267

197

80

38

38

38

78

37

37

37

1

1

—

—

—

—

1

1

—

—

—

—

274

202

—

—

—

—

0

0

—

—

—

—

271

200

—

—

—

—

0

0

—

—

—

—

41

30

—

—

—

—

40

30

861

635

308

228

—

—

—

—

80

38

38

38

78

37

37

37

1 Benefits consist of private medical insurance. 

2 25% of the bonus awarded in 2018 was deferred in the form of shares.

3 The performance period for the 2014 LTIP awards ending during 2017 with no shares vesting owing to the performance threshold not being met. 

2018 ANNUAL BONUS STRATEGIC TARGETS

Tim Davies
Target

Details

Delivering growth 

Implementing the Board’s strategy in relation to the development of the Group’s international feed  
blocks/supplements business in select new territories.

Identification of suitable acquisition opportunities, delivery of strategic acquisitions and successful business 
integration within the Group’s wider divisions.

Enhancing structure 
within Engineering 
Division

Strengthening of management teams across UK Manufacturing business and implementing planned 
management succession within NuVision Engineering, Inc.

Developing the Group’s Remote Handling business in the USA in accordance with the Board’s strategy.

Neil Austin
Target

Details

Developing controls  
in new territories

Ensuring that new overseas businesses are established with appropriate controls and reporting mechanisms 
to support the Growth of the Group’s international feed blocks/supplements businesses.

Developing Group  
IT systems

Developing and implementing the Board’s IT strategy across the Group including a new Enterprise 
Resource Planning system.

Enhancing existing 
controls and  
reporting  
mechanisms 

Enhancing KPI reporting within the Engineering division to enable better review and assessment  
of performance and forecasts.

Developing further cash flow reporting of business units to enable clearer review and assessment  
of business performance and forecasts.

In addition to the above strategic performance indicators, the Committee has discretion to consider matters such as good 
corporate governance which can include environmental, social and governance considerations. 

40

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018For the year ending 1 September 2018, 
adjusted PBT for the Group was £16.6m. 
This performance was ahead of the 
maximum bonus target and therefore 
the full 80% was payable in connection 
with the Group’s financial targets.

Strategic targets, which account for 20% 
of the bonus, were set at the start of the 
year. Details of certain targets and their 
performance against them is summarised 
on page 40.

At the end of the financial year, the 
Committee noted that substantial 
progress had been made against the 
strategic targets. A decision was therefore 
made to pay the full 20% bonus in relation 
to this element of the scheme.

In accordance with the Remuneration 
Policy, 25% of the bonus payable for 
2018 was deferred for two years in the 
form of shares.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The awards made to Executive Directors 
in 2015 were subject to Average EPS 
growth targets over three year period  
ending on 1 September 2018. Threshold 
vesting was set at 3% average annual 
growth. The Average EPS growth over 
the three year period was 13.6% and, 
accordingly, 100% of shares under the 
long-term awards made to Executive 
Directors in 2015 vested.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS DURING THE YEAR (AUDITED)

Long-term awards for 2018 were made to the Executive Directors in line with the 
remuneration policy.

Number  
of shares

Basis on which 
the award  
was made

Face Value  
of the award 
(£’000)

Threshold 
vesting

End of 
performance 
period

Tim Davies

220,398 

100% of salary

Neil Austin

163,095

100% of salary

274  

202

25%

August 2020 

25%

August 2020

The performance conditions which govern the vesting of those shares are based on 
annual average growth in adjusted EPS over a three year period.

Average annual growth %

% vesting

3

10

25

100

Nothing is payable below 3%, and a sliding scale operates between this and the 
maximum available.

TOTAL PENSION ENTITLEMENTS (AUDITED)

The table below provides details of the Executive Directors’ pension benefits:

Normal  
retirement age

Total contributions to 
DC-type pension plan 
£’000

Cash in lieu of contributions  
to DC-type pension plan 
£’000

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

67

67

–

30

41

–

Each Executive Director has the right to participate in the Carr’s Group defined 
contribution pension plan or to elect to be paid some or all of their contribution  
in cash. Pension contributions and/or cash allowances are capped at 15% of salary.

TEN YEAR HISTORICAL TSR PERFORMANCE
500

  Carr’s Group plc 

  FTSE All-Share Price Index

Source: Thomson Datastream

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

8
0
/
8
0
/
9
2

8
0
/
1
1
/
9
2

9
0
/
2
0
/
8
2

9
0
/
5
0
/
1
3

9
0
/
8
0
/
1
3

9
0
/
1
1
/
0
3

0
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

0
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

0
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

0
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

1
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

1
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

1
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

1
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

2
1
/
2
0
/
9
2

2
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

2
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

2
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

3
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

3
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

3
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

3
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

4
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

4
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

4
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

4
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

5
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

5
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

5
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

5
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

6
1
/
2
0
/
9
2

6
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

6
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

6
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

7
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

7
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

7
1
/
8
0
/
1
3

7
1
/
1
1
/
0
3

8
1
/
2
0
/
8
2

8
1
/
5
0
/
1
3

41

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsRemuneration Committee Report (continued)

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN THE SHARES OF THE COMPANY  
(AUDITED) INFORMATION

A summary of interests in shares and scheme interests of the Directors who served 
during the year is given below.

Vested  
LTIP

Unvested 
LTIP

Total  
number  
of interests  
in shares

SAYE  
(unvested 
without 
performance 
conditions)

Unvested 
deferred 
bonus 
shares

% of  
share-
holding 
guideline 
achieved*

Executive Directors

Tim Davies

Neil Austin

150,354

180,814

405,557

131,329

133,802

300,113

16,965

16,965

43,312 

35,051

69.0%

77.0%

Non-Executive Directors

Chris Holmes

778,000

Alistair Wannop

John Worby

Ian Wood

22,610

25,000

10,000

*Excluding all unvested shares.

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

ASSESSING PAY AND PERFORMANCE

In the table below we summarise the Chief Executive’s single remuneration figure 
over the past 5 years, as well as how variable pay plans have paid out in relation  
to the maximum opportunity.

2014 
Tim  
Davies

2015 
Tim  
Davies

2016 
Tim  
Davies

2017 
Tim  
Davies

2018 
Tim  
Davies

Single figure of total remuneration

559

911

531

308

861

Annual variable element  
(actual award versus  
maximum opportunity)

Long-term incentive (vesting 
versus maximum opportunity)

100%

100%

55%

0%

100%

N/A

100% 37.45%

0%

100%

ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS

The Executive Directors are also eligible 
to participate in the UK all-employee 
plans.

The Carr’s Group Sharesave Scheme 
2016 is a HM Revenue & Customs 
(“HMRC”) approved scheme open to all 
staff permanently employed in a UK 
Group company as of the eligibility date. 
Options under the plan are granted at a 
20% discount to market value. Executive 
Directors’ participation is included in the  
table opposite. 

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS 
(AUDITED INFORMATION)

No payments to past Directors have 
been made during the year.

PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE 
(AUDITED INFORMATION)

No payments for loss of office have been 
made to Directors during the year.

PERFORMANCE SHARES  
(AUDITED INFORMATION)

The maximum number of outstanding 
shares that have been awarded to Directors 
under the LTIP are currently as follows:

2015/16 
award

2016/17 
award

2017/18 
award

Tim Davies

180,814 185,159 220,398

Neil Austin

133,802

137,018

163,095

CHANGE IN CHIEF  
EXECUTIVE’S REMUNERATION

In the table below we show the 
percentage change in the Chief 
Executive’s remuneration between 2017 
and 2018 financial years compared to the 
other employees.

Tim 
Davies 

Other UK 
employees

Base pay

Benefits

2.5%

0%

Annual bonus

100%*

2.5%

0%

21.9%

*No bonus was payable in the 2017 financial year.

42

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018The Remuneration Committee considers pay across the entire Group when setting Executive Director remuneration.  
Annual consultations take place across the Group between the Executive Directors, senior management and the Group Head  
of HR in relation to employee pay. The outcome of that exercise, and any changes to employee pay levels, are considered when 
determining the appropriateness to changes in Executive Director pay. 

RELATIVE SPEND ON PAY

The table shows the relative importance of spend on pay compared to distributions to shareholders.

Employee costs

Dividends paid to shareholders

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

EXTERNAL ADVISORS

2018 
£’000

43,251

3,770

2017 
£’000

36,520

3,471

% change

18.4

8.6

The Executive Directors did not receive 
any remuneration in respect of any 
external appointments in 2017/18.

IMPLEMENTATION  
OF THE POLICY IN 2018/19

For 2018, the maximum annual bonus for 
the Executive Directors’ will remain 100% 
of salary. 25% of any bonus will be 
deferred for two years in the form  
of shares. Performance will be assessed 
against stretching targets which will  
be 80% financial and 20% strategic. 
Financial targets will be based upon 
adjusted PBT for the Group only and will 
not have any divisional splits. All annual 
bonus targets will vest at thresholds of 
0%. Targets will be disclosed respectively 
in next year’s report.

The Committee intends to grant LTIP 
awards of 100% of salary, with future 
vesting conditional upon stretching 
targets based upon an adjusted EPS 
growth measure. Awards will vest at  
a threshold of 25% for average growth  
of 3% per annum and will rise on a 
straight line basis to the maximum  
100% for average growth of 10% per 
annum during the performance period.

Salary increases were awarded to the 
Executive Directors effective  
1 September 2018 of 2.5%. This is 
consistent with the rest of the workforce.

During the year, New Bridge Street  
(a part of Aon plc) was appointed  
as an external consultant to advise  
the Committee. The total fees incurred  
in FY2017/18 amounted to £19,980.  
Such fees were largely attributed  
to services provided in relation to 
changes to remuneration policy which 
were approved at the January 2018 AGM. 
New Bridge Street is a signatory to the 
Remuneration Consultants’ Code of 
Conduct, which requires that its advice 
be objective and impartial. New Bridge 
Street has no other connection with the 
Group and provides no other services  
to the Group.

2018 AGM

At our AGM in January 2018, the 
Committee’s Annual Report on 
Remuneration received a 99.8% vote  
in favour (48,320,745 votes), with 0.1% 
against (93,548 votes) and 0.1% withheld 
(73,308 votes). The Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, which was 
approved at that AGM, received a 99.7% 
vote in favour (48,274,652 votes), with 
0.2% against (138,890 votes) and 0.1% 
withheld (74,059 votes).

By Order of the Board

IAN WOOD 
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee 
19 November 2018

43

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsNominations Committee Report

Effective leadership and succession planning is critical  
to the continued success of the Group.

ACTIVITIES OF THE COMMITTEE

The Committee met once during the 
year to consider the following matters:
•  the Committee’s Terms of Reference 

to ensure they reflect the Committee’s 
remit;

•  the succession plans in place for the 

Board and senior management across 
the Group; 

•  the structure, size, composition and 

diversity of the Board, its committees 
and senior management across the 
Group; 

•  the Group’s talent management, 

training and development 
programmes; and

•  the FRC’s Consultation on Proposed 

Changes to the Corporate Governance 
Code.

Since 1 September 2018, the 
Nominations Committee has also 
considered the Corporate Governance 
Code 2018, which was published on 16 
July 2018 and will apply to the Group 
from September 2019. The Nominations 
Committee will continue to evaluate the 
effect of the changes introduced by the 
2018 Code during the course of the 
current financial year.

INTRODUCTION

The Nominations Committee has an 
important role to play in ensuring that 
the Board has the right balance of 
experience and skills to develop and 
support the Group’s strategy. Its primary 
responsibility is the nomination of 
suitable candidates to fill vacancies on 
the Board. This involves careful planning 
for timely and smooth succession. This 
year the Committee has been active in 
developing its succession strategies for 
both Board members and senior 
management across the Group.

COMPOSITION AND 
CONSTITUTION

The Nominations Committee comprises 
the Chairman of the Company and all 
other Non-Executive Directors. 

ROLE OF THE COMMITTEE

The Committee meets at least once a 
year. It reviews the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and considers 
the optimal level of independence, 
diversity of skills, knowledge and 
experience required for the Board to 
operate effectively. It oversees Board 
succession planning and is responsible 
for considering and making 
recommendations on the appointment 
of Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. 

The Committee also evaluates 
succession planning and recruitment 
strategy for senior management 
throughout the Group, taking into 
account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group and the 
skills, experience and leadership required 
across its diverse range of businesses. 

In performing its responsibilities, the 
Committee gives full consideration to 
the benefits of diversity (whether 
cultural, ethnic, gender or otherwise) 
both within the Board and across the 
Group’s leadership teams. Working 
closely with the Board, the Committee is 
focused upon ensuring that the Board 
and the management teams are able to 
deliver Group strategy.

CHRIS HOLMES
CHAIR OF THE NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE

44

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018RE-ELECTION

At the Annual General Meeting on 8 
January 2019, all the Directors will stand 
for re-election in accordance with best 
practice under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2016.

The Board will set out in the Notice of 
Annual General Meeting its reasons for 
supporting the re-election of the 
Directors at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting. Their biographical 
details on page 21 demonstrate  
the range of experience and skills  
which each brings to the benefit of  
the Company.

The Chair of the Nominations 
Committee will attend the Annual 
General Meeting to respond to any 
Shareholder questions that might be 
raised on the Committee’s activities.

On behalf of the Board

CHRIS HOLMES DL 
Chair of the Nominations Committee 
19 November 2018

CHANGES TO THE BOARD  
AND ITS COMMITTEES 

SUCCESSION PLANNING  
AND DEVELOPMENT

There have been no changes in the 
membership of the Board during the 
year which remains comprised of two 
Executive Directors and four Non-
Executive Directors. 

BOARD REVIEW

In 2017, the size, composition and 
effectiveness of the Board and its 
Committees were the subject of an 
external review facilitated by corporate 
governance specialists, Independent 
Audit Limited. That review, which 
generated positive feedback, confirmed 
that the Board and its Committees were 
appropriately constituted and provided 
effective management of the Group as a 
whole. The review also involved a 
consideration of the continued 
independence of the Non-Executive 
Directors and the commitment required 
from each in order to properly fulfil their 
duties. Following the review, and in 
consideration of all circumstances, it  
was determined by the Board that all 
Directors committed sufficient time to 
properly fulfil their responsibilities and 
that John Worby, Ian Wood and  
Alistair Wannop were considered to  
be independent. 

During 2018, the Board conducted an 
internal review building upon the 2017 
external review. Similarly to the 2017 
review, the internal review placed 
particular emphasis upon the 
appropriateness and effectiveness of the 
Board together with its Committees and 
upon the continued independence of 
the Non-Executive Directors. That 
review concluded that the Board and its 
Committees are indeed appropriately 
constituted, and that John Worby, Ian 
Wood and Alistair Wannop remain 
independent.

The Group’s succession strategy was 
developed in 2014. Efforts have since 
focused upon ensuring that appropriate 
and sufficient employees are recruited or 
developed internally to meet the future 
management needs of the Group taking 
into account continued growth and 
overall Group strategy. 

Both 2017 and 2018 represented years  
of significant change in senior 
management across the Group. In our 
Engineering Division, we appointed a 
Divisional Managing Director to oversee 
global Engineering operations and 
strengthened the management team in 
our UK Manufacturing business. We also 
oversaw the planned succession of the 
management team in our USA 
Engineering business following the 
acquisition of NuVision in 2017. In our 
Agriculture division, we saw a number of 
significant changes due to the 
retirement of key personnel. In particular, 
we oversaw the succession of the 
Managing Directors in each of our UK 
feed blocks business, our USA feed 
blocks business and our joint venture 
feed blocks business in Germany. We are 
pleased to report that all of the above 
succession has proceeded smoothly, and 
that our new management teams have 
settled in very well.

Across the Group we have established 
career pathway and employee 
development initiatives which are 
designed to attract, retain and develop 
the best talent. Further details of those 
initiatives are described on page 23.

DIVERSITY 

The company has a strict equal 
opportunities policy and ensures that 
appropriate consideration is given to 
diversity in determining the 
requirements of the Group and in 
making recruitment decisions. The 
Group’s principal concern when making 
appointments is ensuring that 
candidates possess the skills, knowledge 
and experience, or the potential to 
develop the required skills, knowledge 
and experience, to meet the 
requirements of the Group. All 
appointments are made on the basis of 
merit regardless of race, colour, 
nationality, religion, gender, marital 
status, family status, sexual orientation, 
disability or age. 

45

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsDirectors’ Report

The Directors submit their report and the audited accounts of  
the Company for the year ended 1 September 2018.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and 
Wales whose shares are listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange. The address  
of its registered office is Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, CA3 9BA.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

PENSIONS

SHARE CAPITAL

A review of the results can be found on 
pages 18-19.

2018

2017

First Interim dividend 
per share paid on  
21 May 2018

Second Interim  
dividend per share paid 
on 5 October 2018

Final dividend  
per share proposed

1.075p

0.95p

1.075p

0.95p

2.350p

2.10p

Subject to approval at the Annual 
General Meeting, the final dividend will 
be paid on 11 January 2019 to members 
on the register at the close of business 
on 30 November 2018. Shares will be 
ex-dividend on 29 November 2018.

The Group profit from continuing 
activities before taxation was £15.5 
million (2017: £10.0 million). After 
taxation charge of £1.9 million (2017:  
£1.7 million), the profit for the year is 
£13.6 million (2017: £8.3 million).  

The Company has a single class of share 
capital which is divided into Ordinary 
Shares of £0.025 each. The movement  
in the share capital during the year  
is detailed in note 26 to the financial 
statements.

At the last Annual General Meeting the 
Directors received authority from the 
shareholders to:

Allot shares – this gives Directors the 
authority to allot shares and maintains 
the flexibility in respect of the 
Company’s financing arrangements. The 
nominal value of ordinary shares which 
the Directors may allot in the period up 
to the next Annual General Meeting to 
be held on 8 January 2019, is limited to 
£761,687.91 which is equal to 33 percent 
of the nominal value of the issued share 
capital on 13 November 2017. The 
directors do not have any present 
intention of exercising this authority 
other than in connection with the issue 
of ordinary shares in respect of the 
Company’s share option plans. This 
authority will expire at the end of the 
Annual General Meeting to be held on  
8 January 2019.

Estimates of the amount and timing of 
future funding obligations for the 
Group’s pension plans are based on 
various assumptions including, among 
other things, the actual and projected 
market performance of the pension plan 
assets, future long-term corporate bond 
yields, longevity of members and 
statutory requirements. 

The Group continually reviews this risk 
and takes action to mitigate where 
possible. In addition, while the Group is 
consulted by the trustees on the 
investment strategies of its pension 
plans, the Group has no direct control 
over these matters as the trustees are 
directly responsible for the strategy.

Details of the Group’s pension plans are 
in note 25 in the Notes to the Financial 
Statements.

EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND 
EMPLOYEES

The Company is committed to its 
employees and further details on the 
Company’s policies and commitment 
can be found in the Corporate 
Responsibility Report on pages 22-25.

ENVIRONMENT

The Company’s report on sustainability 
including carbon footprint and energy 
usage is on page 24-25.

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE 
DONATIONS

During the period ended 1 September 
2018 the Group contributed £28,800 
(2017: £26,300) in the UK for charitable 
purposes. Further details have been 
included with the Corporate 
Responsibility statement on page 25. 
There were no political donations during 
the year (2017: £Nil).

46

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
Disapplication of rights of pre-emption 
– this disapplies rights of pre-emption 
on the allotment of shares by the 
Company and the sale by the Company 
of treasury shares. The authority will 
allow the Directors to allot equity 
securities for cash pursuant to the 
authority to allot shares mentioned 
above, and to sell treasury shares for 
cash without a pre-emptive offer to 
existing shareholders, up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of 
£114,253.30, representing 5 percent of 
the Company’s issued share capital as at 
13 November 2017. This authority will 
expire at the end of the Annual General 
Meeting to be held on 8 January 2019.

To buy own shares – this authority 
allows the Company to buy its own 
shares in the market, as permitted under 
the Articles of Association of the 
Company, up to a limit of 9,140,264 
Ordinary shares being 10 per cent of the 
Company’s issued share capital at 13  
November 2017. The price to be paid for 
any share must not be less than 0.25p, 
being the nominal value of a share, and 
must not exceed 105 percent of the 
average middle market quotations for 
the ordinary shares of the Company as 
derived from the London Stock 
Exchange Daily Official List for the  
5 business days immediately preceding 
the day on which the ordinary shares  
are purchased. The Directors have no 
immediate plans to exercise the powers 
of the Company to purchase its own 
shares and undertaken that the authority 
would only be exercised if the Directors 
were satisfied that a purchase would 
result in an increase in expected 
earnings per share and was in the best 
interests of the Company at the time. 
This authority will expire at the end of 
the Annual General Meeting to be held 
on 8 January 2019. The Directors would 
consider holding any of its own shares 
that it purchases pursuant to this 
authority as treasury shares.

The interests of the Directors, as defined 
by the Companies Act 2006, in the 
ordinary shares of the Company, other 
than in respect of options to acquire 
ordinary shares (which are detailed  
in the analysis of options included  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 33-43, are set out in the  
table above.

T J Davies

N Austin

C N C Holmes

A G M Wannop

J G Worby

I Wood

At 1 September 2018 
Ordinary Shares

At 2 September 2017 
Ordinary Shares

150,354

131,329

778,000

22,610

25,000

10,000

150,354

116,422

778,000

22,610

25,000

10,000

All the above interests are beneficial. 
There have been no other changes to 
the above interests in the period from  
1 September 2018 to 16 November 2018.

To enable the vesting of shares under 
the Group’s long term incentive plan,  
on 16 November 2018 a total of 520,315 
ordinary shares of 2.5 pence each were 
held in treasury. 

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS 
ATTACHING TO SHARES

In a general meeting of the Company, 
subject to the provisions of the articles 
of association and to any special rights 
or restrictions as to voting attached to 
any class of shares in the Company (of 
which they are none), the holders of the 
Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote 
in a poll for every Ordinary Share held. 
No member shall be entitled to vote at 
any general meeting or class meeting in 
respect of any shares held if any call or 
other sum then payable in respect of 
that share remains unpaid. Currently all 
issued shares are fully paid.

Full details of the deadlines for exercising 
voting rights in respect of the resolutions 
to be considered at the Annual General 
Meeting to be held on 8 January 2019 
will be set out in the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting.

Subject to the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006, the Company may, 
by ordinary resolution, declare a 
dividend to be paid to the members, but 
no dividend shall exceed the amount 
recommended by the Board. The Board 
may pay interim dividends, and also any 
fixed rate dividend, whenever the 
financial position of the Company, in the 
opinion of the Board, justifies its 
payment. All dividends shall be 
apportioned and paid pro rata according 
to the amounts paid up on the shares.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The Company has been informed of the 
interests set out in the table below at  
16 November 2018 in the 91,410,652 
ordinary shares of the Company 
(excluding treasury shares), as required 
by the Companies Act 2006.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

There are no agreements that the 
Company considers significant and to 
which the Company is party that would 
take effect, alter or terminate upon 
change of control of the Company 
following a takeover bid, other than a 
number of banking agreements which, 
upon a change of control of the 
Company, are terminable by the bank 
immediately.

Shareholder 

Shares

% issued share capital

Heygate & Sons Limited

12,652,870

BBHISL Nominees Limited

   4,270,320

HSBC Global Custody Nominee 
(UK) Limited

2,968,940

Nortrust Nominees Limited

2,952,628

Rathbone Nominees Limited

2,864,666

13.84%

4.67%

3.25%

3.23%

3.13%

47

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsDirectors’ Report (continued)

preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole 
are fair, balanced and understandable 
and provide the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the company’s 
performance, business model and 
strategy. 

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO 
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO 
AUDITORS

The Directors who were members of the 
Board at the time of approving the 
Directors’ Report are shown on page 21. 
Having made enquiries of fellow 
Directors, each of the Directors at the 
date of this report confirms that:
•  he is aware there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s 
auditors are unaware; and 

•  he has taken all the steps that he 

ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make himself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are set out on page 21 confirm 
that, to the best of their knowledge:
•  the Group financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance 
with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit 
of the Group; 

•  the Chief Executive’s Review includes 
a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Group; and

•  the Risk management review provides 
a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that the Company faces.

By order of the Board

MATTHEW RATCLIFFE 
Company Secretary 
19 November 2018

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

RESPONSIBILITY FOR PREPARING 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial period. The Directors have 
elected to prepare the Group and parent 
company financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union. Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and the Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing those financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
•  select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;
•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as 

adopted by the European Union have 
been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis, unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and of 
the Group and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply 
with the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are 
also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Company and the Group 
and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
Company website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the 

48

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Carr’s Group plc 

Report on the audit of the financial statements

OPINION

In our opinion, Carr’s Group plc’s Group 
financial statements and Company 
financial statements (the “financial 
statements”):
•  give a true and fair view of the state  
of the Group’s and of the Company’s 
affairs as at 1 September 2018 and  
of the Group’s profit and the Group’s  
and the Company’s cash flows for the 
year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in 

accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union and, as regards 
the Company’s financial statements, as 
applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006; and
•  have been prepared in accordance  

with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements,  
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, 
included within the Annual Report and 
Accounts (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the Consolidated and Company 
balance sheets as at 1 September 2018;  
the Consolidated income statement and 
Consolidated and Company statements  
of comprehensive income, the 
Consolidated and Company statements  
of cash flows, and the Consolidated  
and Company statements of changes  
in equity for the year then ended;  
the accounting policies; and the notes  
to the financial statements.

Our opinion is consistent with our 
reporting to the Audit Committee.

BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law.  
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK)  
are further described in the Auditors’ 
responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our 

report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis  
for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the  
Group in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the 
UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard, as applicable to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled 
our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and  
belief, we declare that non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the 
Group or the Company.

We have provided no non-audit  
services to the Group or the Company 
in the period from 3 September 2017  
to 1 September 2018.

OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Materiality

Audit scope

Overview
•  Overall Group materiality: £825,000 (2017: £565,000), based on 5% of profit before tax  

and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items.

•  Overall Company materiality: £400,000 (2017: £400,000), based on 0.5% of total assets.

•  We identified seven reporting units within the Agriculture and Engineering divisions 

alongside the Company, which in our view required an audit of their complete financial 
information. Four of these reporting units were deemed financially significant and the other 
four were selected for particular risk characteristics, which included coverage of the risks 
relating to pension assumptions, fraud in revenue, and of the profit from the associate.

•  Specific audit procedures on certain balances and transactions were performed on a further 
reporting unit in the UK, in order to gain coverage of individual material financial statement 
line items.

Key audit 
matters

•  Goodwill impairment.
•  Defined benefit pension scheme surplus.
•  Receivable provisioning.
•  Assumptions made within contract accounting.
•  Fraud risk in revenue recognition.

49

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Carr’s Group plc (continued)

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we 
determined materiality and assessed  
the risks of material misstatement  
in the financial statements. In particular, 
we looked at where the Directors made 
subjective judgements, for example  
in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making 
assumptions and considering future 
events that are inherently uncertain. 

We gained an understanding of the legal 
and regulatory framework applicable 
to the Group and the industries in which 
it operates, and considered the risk  
of acts by the Group which were contrary 
to applicable laws and regulations, 
including fraud. We designed audit 
procedures at Group and significant 
component level to respond to the risk, 
recognising that the risk of not detecting 
a material misstatement due to fraud  
is higher than the risk of not detecting 
one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by,  
for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion. 
We focused on laws and regulations that 

could give rise to a material misstatement 
in the Group and Company financial 
statements, including, but not limited  
to, the Companies Act 2006, the Listing 
Rules, Pensions legislation, UK tax 
legislation and equivalent local laws  
and regulations applicable to significant 
component teams. Our tests included, 
but were not limited to, review of the 
financial statement disclosures to 
underlying supporting documentation, 
review of correspondence with and 
reports to the regulators, review of 
correspondence with legal advisors, 
enquiries of management, review  
of significant component auditors’ work 
and review of internal audit reports  
in so far as they related to the financial 
statements. There are inherent limitations 
in the audit procedures described above 
and the further removed non-compliance 
with laws and regulations is from  
the events and transactions reflected  
in the financial statements, the less likely 
we would become aware of it.

We did not identify any key audit matters 
relating to irregularities, including fraud. 
As in all of our audits we also addressed 

the risk of management override  
of internal controls, including testing 
journals and evaluating whether there 
was evidence of bias by the Directors  
that represented a risk of material 
misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, 
in the auditors’ professional judgement, 
were of most significance in the audit  
of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified 
by the auditors, including those which 
had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources 
in the audit; and directing the efforts  
of the engagement team. These matters, 
and any comments we make on the 
results of our procedures thereon, were 
addressed in the context of our audit  
of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon,  
and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. This is not  
a complete list of all risks identified  
by our audit. 

KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED  
THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

GOODWILL IMPAIRMENT 

The Group has a goodwill balance in respect of the historic 
acquisitions. 

The Directors’ assessment of the ‘value in use’ of the  
Cash Generating Unit involves judgements about the 
future results of the business and the discount rates  
applied to future cash flow forecasts.

We reviewed the composition of future cash flows  
to ensure that all relevant elements were included or 
excluded as appropriate. We compared current year actual 
results with the FY18 figures included in the prior year 
forecast to assess the accuracy of management’s historic 
forecasts. We challenged management’s assumptions 
within the forecasts for short and mid-term growth by 
comparing to the previous performance of the business 
and understanding and validating the measures 
implemented by management to achieve this growth.

We considered the suitability of the discount rate  
by assessing the cost of capital for the Company and 
comparable businesses. We assessed the sensitivity 
analysis performed by management and determined that 
the calculations were most sensitive to the assumptions 
regarding profits in the terminal period. We reviewed the 
adequacy of the disclosures given in note 10 in respect  
of the impairment assessment performed by management.

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION SCHEME SURPLUS

The Group has a defined pension scheme with post-
retirement assets of £70.6m and post-retirement liabilities 
of £60.5m. The valuation of the Group surplus is sensitive 
to changes in key assumptions such as the discount rate, 
inflation and mortality estimates.

The setting of these assumptions is complex and an area  
of judgement. Changes in any of these assumptions could 
lead to a material movement in the net surplus.

We tested the membership census data used in the 
valuation of the scheme to payroll information.  
We benchmarked and performed sensitivity analysis  
on key variables in the valuation model including salary 
increases, mortality rates, inflation and discount rates.

We obtained third party confirmation over ownership and 
valuation of pension scheme assets. We ensured that the 
Company is entitled to recognise any surplus by examining 
the Trust Deed and Rules documentation.

50

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018KEY AUDIT MATTER

HOW OUR AUDIT ADDRESSED  
THE KEY AUDIT MATTER

RECEIVABLE PROVISIONING

Within the Agriculture division there are material amounts of 
trade receivables that are past due and there has historically 
been a slower collection pattern within this division.

Management’s provisions in respect of these amounts  
are an area of subjectivity with respect to the recoverability 
of balances.

ASSUMPTIONS MADE WITHIN  
CONTRACT ACCOUNTING

Long term contract accounting is inherently judgemental 
as assumptions are made about future costs and events  
at each balance sheet date.

There is a risk that the assumptions made by management 
in respect of costs forecast to complete contracts are  
not accurate.

FRAUD RISK IN REVENUE RECOGNITION

ISAs (UK) presume there is a risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition. We have determined this to apply specifically 
to the occurrence of revenue in all divisions because of the 
pressure management may feel to achieve the planned 
results. Within the Agriculture division this is specifically  
in relation to whether a sale has occurred, and within the 
Engineering division this is in relation to the judgements 
involved in long term contract accounting.

We understood management’s receivables provisioning policy 
and tested the accuracy of the aging of balances in order  
to recalculate management’s provision. We analysed the 
provision to identify significant balances for which the 
methodology had not been applied and understood and 
validated any such exceptions.

We performed testing over the operating effectiveness of 
controls with respect to approval of credit limits and monthly 
reviews of the receivables ledger. For individually significant 
aged receivables balances, we understood the rationale for 
management’s provision by considering historic payment 
patterns and other supporting information. We tested the 
levels of cash received after the year end on overdue receivables 
balances to assess the adequacy of the provision made.

We focused on the judgements required to account  
for long term contracts. This involved a detailed review  
of contracts in place at the year end in order to understand 
the nature of the services provided. As part of this review 
we conducted an assessment of the costs to completion on 
the contract, and an evaluation of the stage of completion 
of the contract based on the evidence available.

We discussed each contract with members of management 
outside of the finance function to understand how 
forecasts of cost to come have been built up, and the 
accuracy of these forecasts.

We also evaluated management’s assessment of the  
stage of completion through performing a look back test 
to assess management’s previous estimations as well as  
on a sample basis agreeing the inputs into the calculation 
of the revenue to supporting documentation and 
reperforming the calculation.

From the work we performed no material exceptions  
were noted.

For the Agriculture division this involved testing the 
operating effectiveness of controls around dispatches and 
invoicing in certain components, as well as substantively 
testing that revenue agrees to accounts receivable and 
cash received. Where revenue did not directly agree to 
accounts receivable or cash further work was performed  
to understand and substantively test those transactions.

In addition to the work described above specifically in 
relation to long term contracts we performed additional 
procedures in the Engineering division to substantively test 
that revenue agreed to accounts receivable and cash 
received. Where revenue did not directly agree to accounts 
receivable or cash further work was performed to 
understand and substantively test those transactions.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the Company to communicate in our report.

51

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsIndependent Auditors’ Report to the members of Carr’s Group plc (continued)

How we tailored the audit scope

Materiality

We tailored the scope of our audit to 
ensure that we performed enough work 
to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking 
into account the structure of the Group 
and the Company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry 
in which they operate.

The Group is split into two principal 
divisions, Agriculture and Engineering. 
Within these divisions there are a number 
of UK subsidiary companies. There are 
also a number of overseas subsidiary 
companies, in the US and Germany, 
which report separately to these divisions. 
Group management are based in the UK, 
along with the Group finance function.

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Limited 
and Carrs Agriculture Limited, which  
form part of the UK Agriculture division, 
have been selected as full scope audit 
components as a result of their 
contribution to Group profits. Wälischmiller 
Engineering GmbH, a German subsidiary 
which operates within the engineering 
market, has also been selected as a full 
scope component for this reason, as has 
Animal Feed Supplement Inc., a US 
subsidiary which operates within the 
Agriculture division. Carr’s Group plc has 
been selected as a full scope component 
due to its significant net assets balance, 
and the fact that the Group pension 
scheme is recognised within its accounts, 
which is a key audit matter as noted above. 
Carr’s Engineering Limited and NuVision 
Engineering Inc. have also been selected as 
full scope components due to the greater 
judgement involved in determining its 
contribution to group revenue, which is a 
significant risk for our audit.

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) 
Limited, a joint venture which the Group 
owns 49% of, has been selected for full 
scope reporting. Mitchell Charlesworth,  
a component auditor, undertake the 
audit of this component. Carrs Properties 
Limited has been selected for limited 
scope reporting over fixed assets, as a 
result of its contribution to this financial 
statement line item.

We have held planning calls with the 
component auditors for both Carrs 
Billington Agriculture (Operations) Limited 
and Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH, to 
understand their planned audit approach 
and ensure that it provides the comfort 
we require as part of our Group audit.  
We have been involved in the clearance 
meeting between management and  
the component auditors for both 
components, and have carried out  
a review of the working papers which 
support the reporting provided.

52

The scope of our audit was influenced  
by our application of materiality. We set 
certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative 
considerations, helped us to determine the 
scope of our audit and the nature, timing 
and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items 
and disclosures and in evaluating the effect  
of misstatements, both individually and  
in aggregate on the financial statements  
as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we 
determined materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole as follows:

For each component in the scope of our 
Group audit, we allocated a materiality 
that is less than our overall Group 
materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was 
between £185,000 and £475,000.  
Certain components were audited  
to a local statutory audit materiality  
that was also less than our overall  
Group materiality.

Overall 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£825,000 (2017: £565,000).

£400,000 (2017: £400,000).

5% of profit before tax and 
before amortisation of 
acquired intangible assets  
and non-recurring items.

Based on the benchmarks used 
in the annual report, profit 
before tax and before 
amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets and  
non-recurring items is the 
primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Group,  
and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

0.5% of total assets.

The Company is a holding 
company, and as such we  
believe total assets is the primary 
measure used to assess the 
performance of the entity,  
and is a generally accepted 
auditing benchmark.

We agreed with the Audit Committee 
that we would report to them 
misstatements identified during our 
audit above £41,250 (Group audit)  
(2017: £28,250) and £20,000 (Company 
audit) (2017: £20,000) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts 

that, in our view, warranted reporting  
for qualitative reasons.

Going concern

In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report 
as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything 
material to add or draw attention to in respect  
of the Directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the Directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the Directors’ 
identification of any material uncertainties to the 
Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern over a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements.

We are required to report if the Directors’ 
statement relating to Going Concern  
in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to. 
However, because not all 
future events or conditions can 
be predicted, this statement is 
not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

We have nothing to report.

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
REPORTING ON  
OTHER INFORMATION 

The other information comprises all  
of the information in the Annual Report 
other than the financial statements  
and our auditors’ report thereon. The 
Directors are responsible for the other 
information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or, except to the 
extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the 
financial statements, our responsibility  
is to read the other information and,  

in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit,  
or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify an apparent 
material inconsistency or material 
misstatement, we are required to 
perform procedures to conclude whether 
there is a material misstatement of the 
financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information.  
If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there  
is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report 

based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report, we also considered 
whether the disclosures required by  
the UK Companies Act 2006 have  
been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described 
above and our work undertaken in the 
course of the audit, the Companies  
Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) and the 
Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 
Authority (FCA) require us also to  
report certain opinions and matters  
as described below (required by ISAs  
(UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 1 September 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course  
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency  
or liquidity of the Group

We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:
•  The Directors’ confirmation on pages 14-16 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency  
or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.
•  The Directors’ explanation on page 17 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, 
over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to 
whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities  
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the Directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group.  
Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors’ 
process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the  
UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge 
and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 
•  The statement given by the Directors, on page 29, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and 
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the 
Group and Company obtained in the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on pages 30-32 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately 

address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

•  The Directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure 

from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

53

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsIndependent Auditors’ Report to the members of Carr’s Group plc (continued)

these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to 
any other person to whom this report is 
shown or into whose hands it may come 
save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006  
we are required to report to you if,  
in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the 

information and explanations we 
require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by 
us; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

•  the Company financial statements and 
the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting 
records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising 
from this responsibility. 

Appointment

Following the recommendation of the 
Audit Committee, we were appointed 
by the members since at least 1909 to 
audit the financial statements for the 
year ended 31 March 1909 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period 
of total uninterrupted engagement is  
110 years, covering the years ended  
31 March 1909 to 1 September 2018. 
Following a tender, new auditors will be 
appointed for the next financial period.

BILL MACLEOD  
(Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants  
and Statutory Auditors 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
19 November 2018

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
AND THE AUDIT

Responsibilities of the Directors  
for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
Responsibilities Statement, the Directors 
are responsible for the preparation  
of the financial statements in accordance 
with the applicable framework and  
for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view. The Directors are also 
responsible for such internal control  
as they determine is necessary to enable 
the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, 
the Directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless  
the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or the Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the  
audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level  
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud  
or error and are considered material  
if, individually or in the aggregate,  
they could reasonably be expected  
to influence the economic decisions  
of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements. 

A further description of our 
responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the 
FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has 
been prepared for and only for the 
Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of 
the Companies Act 2006 and for no 
other purpose. We do not, in giving 

54

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Consolidated Income Statement For the year ended 1 September 2018

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 
Share of post-tax results of associates 
Share of post-tax results of joint ventures 

Adjusted1 operating profit 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Adjusted1 profit before taxation 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit for the year 

Profit attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per ordinary share (pence) 
Basic   
Diluted 

Notes 

2 

2018 
£’000 

(Restated)2

2017
£’000

403,192 
(349,864) 

346,224
(307,543)

53,328 
(18,950) 
(21,188) 
1,634 
1,581 

17,464 
(1,059) 

16,405 
358 
(1,261) 

16,561 
(1,059) 

15,502 
(1,855) 

13,647 

11,892 
1,755 

13,647 

13.0 
12.7 

38,681 
(16,391)
(14,413)
1,609
1,204 

12,091 
(1,401) 

10,690 
176
(864)

11,403 
(1,401) 

10,002 
(1,707)

8,295 

7,005 
1,290 

8,295 

7.7 
7.6 

2 
4 

2, 3 
6 
6 

2 
4 

2 
7 

9 
9 

1 Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs.
2 Restated for the inclusion of share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures within operating profit. The basis of accounting policy on  
   page 61 provides further details.

55

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company Statements  
of Comprehensive Income For the year ended 1 September 2018 

Group 

Company

Notes 

25 

17 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently 
  to profit or loss:
Foreign exchange translation (losses)/gains arising  
  on translation of overseas subsidiaries 
Net investment hedges 
Taxation (charge)/credit on net investment hedges 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently 
  to profit or loss:
Actuarial gains on retirement benefit asset/obligation:
  – Group 
  – Share of associate 
Taxation charge on actuarial gains on retirement  
  benefit asset/obligation:
  – Group 
  – Share of associate 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity shareholders 
Non-controlling interests 

2018 
£’000 

13,647 

(505) 
111 
(21) 

4,836 
1,194 

(822) 
(203) 

4,590 

18,237 

16,482 
1,755 

18,237 

2017 
£’000 

8,295 

1,835 
(70) 
14 

4,951 
1,070 

(842) 
(211) 

6,747 

15,042 

13,752 
1,290 

15,042 

2018 
£’000 

2,541 

2017
£’000

3,349

— 
— 
— 

4,836 
— 

(822) 
— 

4,014 

6,555 

6,555 
— 

6,555 

—
—
—

4,951
—

(842)
—

4,109

7,458

7,458
—

7,458

56

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets 

As at 1 September 2018 (Company Number 00098221)

Group 

Company

Assets
Non-current assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Investment in associates 
Interest in joint ventures 
Other investments 
Financial assets 
– Non-current receivables 
Retirement benefit asset 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Current tax assets 
Financial assets 
– Derivative financial instruments 
– Cash and cash equivalents  

Total assets  

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Financial liabilities 
– Borrowings 
– Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital  
Share premium  
Other reserves 
Retained earnings:

At beginning of the year 
Profit attributable to the equity shareholders 
Other changes in retained earnings 

Total shareholders’ equity 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Notes 

10 
10 
11 
12 
13,16 
13,14 
13,15 
13 

19 
25 
17 

18 
19 
20 

24 
21 

23 
24 
22 

23 
17 
22 

26 

2018 
£’000 

24,272 
2,223 
38,484 
170 
—  
13,129 
8,004 
74 

21 
10,146 
— 

96,523 

42,371 
67,516 
119 

26 
24,632 

134,664 

231,187 

(34,994) 
— 
(64,290) 
(175) 

(99,459) 

(4,997) 
(3,981) 
(1,784) 

(10,762) 

(Restated) 
2017 
£’000 

24,293 
2,266 
37,149 
176 
— 
11,443 
6,590 
73 

444 
5,209 
— 

87,643 

37,023 
59,723 
297 

13 
23,887 

120,943 

208,586 

(17,060) 
(18) 
(56,181) 
(673) 

(73,932) 

(20,966) 
(4,010) 
(3,755) 

(28,731) 

(110,221) 

(102,663) 

120,966 

105,923 

2,285 
9,141 
5,888 

74,802  
11,892  
1,273 

87,967 

105,281 
15,685 

120,966 

2,285 
9,130 
5,265 

 81,540  
 7,005  
(13,743) 

 74,802  

91,482 
14,441 

105,923 

2018 
£’000 

— 
328 
155 
— 
26,561 
245 
272 
— 

15,405 
10,146 
233 

53,345 

— 
22,515 
1,360 

— 
4,955 

28,830 

82,175 

(18,839) 
— 
(2,461) 
— 

(21,300) 

(3,564) 
(1,725) 
— 

(5,289) 

(26,589) 

55,586 

2,285 
9,141 
1,537 

39,814   
2,541   
268 

42,623   

55,586 
— 

55,586 

The financial statements set out on pages 55-103 were approved by the Board on 19 November 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Tim J Davies 

Neil Austin

2017
£’000

—
—
— 
—
26,192
245
272
—

18,007
5,209
59

49,984

—
21,391
464

—
8,494

30,349

80,333

(7,154)
—
(1,537)
(85)

(8,776)

(19,018)
(886)
—

(19,904)

(28,680)

51,653

2,285
9,130
424

 51,217
 3,349  
(14,752)

 39,814

51,653
—

51,653

57

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement  

For the year ended 1 September 2018

Share 
Capital 
£’000 

Share 
Premium 
£’000 

At 4 September 2016  

2,280 

9,111 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive  
  income 

Total comprehensive  
  income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share- 
  based payment  
  transactions 
Allotment of shares 
Purchase of own shares
  held in trust 
Transfer 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
5 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
19 

— 
— 

At 2 September 2017 

2,285 

9,130 

At 3 September 2017 

2,285 

9,130 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive 
  (expense)/income 

Total comprehensive  
  (expense)/income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share- 
  based payment  
  transactions 
Excess deferred 
  taxation on share-
  based payments  
Allotment of shares 
Transfer 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
11 
— 

At 1 September 2018 

2,285 

9,141 

Treasury 

Foreign 
Equity 
Share Compensation  Exchange 
Reserve 
Reserve  
£’000 
£’000 

Reserve 
£’000 

Non-
Other   Retained Shareholders’  controlling  
Interests 
£’000 

Earnings 
£’000 

Equity 
£’000 

Reserve 
£’000 

Total 

Total
Equity
£’000

(8) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

(4) 
12 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

706 

2,895 

207 

81,540 

96,731 

13,357 

110,088

— 

— 

— 
— 

(320) 
— 

— 
— 

— 

1,779 

1,779 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
(2) 

7,005 

7,005 

1,290 

8,295

4,968 

6,747 

— 

6,747

11,973 
(19,467) 

13,752 
(19,467) 

1,290 
(245) 

15,042 
(19,712)

766 
— 

— 
(10) 

446 
24 

(4) 
— 

39 
— 

— 
— 

485
24

(4)
—

386 

4,674 

205 

74,802 

91,482 

14,441 

105,923

386 

4,674 

205 

74,802 

91,482 

14,441 

105,923

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

(415) 

(415) 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
(3) 

11,892 

11,892 

1,755 

13,647

5,005 

4,590 

— 

4,590

16,897 
(3,770) 

16,482 
(3,770) 

1,755 
(588) 

18,237 
(4,358)

8 

1,049 

76 

1,125

27 
— 
3 

27 
11 
— 

1 
— 
— 

28
11
—

1,427 

4,259 

202 

87,967 

105,281 

15,685 

120,966

— 

1,041 

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share schemes over the 
vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the consolidated income statement. During the year £8,000 
(2017: £766,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings in respect of options exercised in the year.

The Group has opted to use previous revaluations of property made under UK GAAP as deemed cost. On adoption of IFRS the revaluation reserve  
was reclassified to other reserves.

58

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 1 September 2018

At 4 September 2016 

2,280 

9,111 

Share 
Capital 
£’000 

Share 
Premium 
£’000 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share-based payment  
  transactions 
Allotment of shares 
Purchase of own shares held in trust 
Transfer 

At 2 September 2017 

At 3 September 2017 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
Dividends paid 
Equity settled share-based payment  
  transactions 
Excess deferred taxation on share-  
  based payments 
Allotment of shares 

— 
— 

— 
— 

 — 
5 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
19 
— 
— 

2,285 

2,285 

9,130 

9,130 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
11 

At 1 September 2018 

2,285 

9,141 

Treasury 

Equity 
Share  Compensation 
Reserve  
£’000 

Reserve 
£’000 

Retained 
Earnings 
£’000 

51,217 

3,349 
4,109 

7,458 
(19,467) 

618 
— 
— 
(12) 

Total
Equity
£’000

63,359

3,349
4,109

7,458
(19,467)

283
24
(4)
—

39,814 

51,653

39,814 

51,653

2,541 
4,014 

6,555 
(3,770) 

2 

22 
— 

2,541
4,014

6,555
(3,770)

1,115

22
11

759 

— 
— 

— 
— 

(335) 
— 
— 
— 

424 

424 

— 
— 

— 
— 

1,113 

— 
— 

1,537 

42,623 

55,586

(8) 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
(4) 
12 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

The equity compensation reserve reflects the cumulative accounting impact, at the balance sheet date, of the fair value of the share schemes over 
the vesting periods. The movement on the equity compensation reserve is taken through the income statement where it relates to employees of the 
Company and to investment in subsidiaries where it relates to employees of the subsidiaries. During the year £2,000 (2017: £618,000) was transferred 
from the equity compensation reserve to retained earnings and £9,000 (2017: £201,000) was transferred from the equity compensation reserve  
to investment in subsidiaries in respect of options exercised in the year.

59

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
Consolidated and Company Statements  
of Cash Flows

For the year ended 1 September 2018

Group 

Company

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations 
Interest received 
Interest paid 
Tax (paid)/recovered 

Notes 

29 

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of overdraft/cash acquired) 
Contingent/deferred consideration paid 
Net costs of disposal of associate 
Dividends received from subsidiaries 
Net receipt/(payment) of loans to subsidiaries 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Dividend received from associate and joint ventures 
Loan repaid by associates 
Other loans 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of own shares held in trust  
Redemption of preference shares in joint venture 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital  
New bank loans and movement on RCF   
Finance lease principal repayments 
Repayment of borrowings 
Increase/(decrease) in other borrowings 
Dividends paid to shareholders 
Dividends paid to related party 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effects of exchange rate changes 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  

13 

26 

8 

2018 
£’000 

14,980 
226 
(1,210) 
(2,511) 

11,485 

(1,522) 
(2,617) 
(90) 
— 
— 
— 
704 
1,008 
59 
(325) 
189 
(4,488) 
— 
20 

(7,062) 

11 
(2,076) 
(997) 
(3,241) 
8,934 
(3,770) 
(588) 

(1,727) 

(305) 

2,391 
18,614 

21,005 

2017 
£’000 

15,094 
175 
(896) 
(1,179) 

13,194 

(12,640) 
(549) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,212 
22 
80 
(371) 
691 
(2,854) 
(4) 
150 

(14,263) 

24 
6,000 
(846) 
(3,110) 
(2,804) 
(19,467) 
(245) 

(20,448) 

344 

(21,173) 
39,787 

18,614 

2018 
£’000 

(2,124) 
1,711 
(513) 
(473) 

(1,399) 

— 
— 
— 
4,625 
787 
— 
588 
— 
— 
(328) 
— 
(229) 
— 
— 

5,443 

11 
(2,076) 
— 
(1,750) 
— 
(3,770) 
— 

(7,585) 

2 

(3,539) 
8,494 

4,955 

2017
£’000

(2,939)
1,855
(323)
551

(856)

—
—
—
2,303
(8,037)
(8,759)
1,097
—
—
—
—
—
(4)
—

(13,400)

24 
6,000
—
(1,758)
—
(19,467)
—

(15,201)

6

(29,451)
37,945

8,494

60

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Accounting Policies

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared on a 
going concern basis in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) and International Financial Reporting Standards 
Interpretation Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations endorsed by the 
European Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled 
in England and Wales whose shares are listed and traded on the London 
Stock Exchange. The address of its registered office is Old Croft, Stanwix, 
Carlisle CA3 9BA.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the 
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues 
and expenses during the reporting year. Although these estimates are 
based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, 
actual results ultimately may differ materially from the estimates.

Accounting policies have been applied consistently, other than where 
new policies have been adopted.

The consolidated and Company financial statements are prepared under 
the historic cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial 
assets and financial liabilities (including derivative financial instruments)  
at fair value through profit or loss.

The prior year consolidated income statement has been restated for the 
reclassification to operating profit of the share of post-tax results of the 
associates and joint ventures. The inclusion of these results in operating 
profit better reflects the Board’s view that these businesses are integral 
to the Group’s operations and strategy. Comparatives at 2 September 
2017 have been restated by £2,813,000, increasing operating profit with 
no impact to profit before tax.

The prior year consolidated balance sheet has been restated for 
the finalisation of the fair value acquisition accounting for NuVision 
Engineering, Inc which was acquired on 4 August 2017. See note 36 for 
details of the restatement. There has been no impact to net assets as  
at 1 September 2017.

The accounting policies for the Group and Company are as follows:

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements comprise Carr’s Group plc 
and all its subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share of the results 
of its associates and joint ventures. The financial information of the 
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures is prepared as of the same 
reporting date and consolidated using consistent accounting policies. 
Group inter-company balances and transactions, including any 
unrealised profits arising from Group inter-company transactions, are 
eliminated in full. Profits and losses on transactions with the associates 
and joint ventures are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the 
current and prior financial year were included in the financial statements 
from the effective date of control or up to the date of cessation of 
control. The separable net assets, both tangible and intangible, of the 
acquired subsidiary undertakings were incorporated into the financial 
statements on the basis of the fair value as at the effective date of the 
Group acquiring control.

IFRS 10 introduced a new definition of control which could affect 
whether an entity is consolidated into the Group accounts. An investor 
controls an investee when it is exposed, or has right, to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over the investee. Control requires power over 
the investee, exposure, or rights, to variable returns and the ability to use 
power to affect returns.

Subsidiaries are entities that meet the new definition of control. 
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and are included until the date on which  
the Group ceases to control them. 

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence 
but not control, generally accompanied by a share of between 20% 
and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which 
the Group has joint control, established by contractual agreement. 
Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using  
the equity method. The Group’s share of its associates’ and joint 
ventures’ post-tax profits or losses are recognised in the income 
statement, and its share of movement in reserves is recognised in 
reserves. The cumulative movements are adjusted against the carrying 
amount of the investment. The Group’s investment in associates 
and joint ventures includes any goodwill arising on acquisition. If the 
Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds 
its investment in the associate or joint venture, the Group does not 
recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made 
payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. 

All subsidiaries are accounted for by applying the purchase method.  
The cost of a business combination is measured as the aggregate  
of the fair values, at the acquisition date, of the assets given, liabilities 
incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group.  
The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree 
are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date, irrespective  
of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of  
the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value  
of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised 
as goodwill.

Acquisition related costs are expensed to the consolidated income 
statement in the year they are incurred.

The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with non-controlling 
interests as transactions with parties external to the Group.

EMPLOYEE SHARE TRUST
IFRS 10 requires that the Group consolidate a structured entity where 
the substance of the relationship between the parties indicates that 
the Group controls the entity. The employee share trust sponsored by 
the Group falls within this category of structured entity and has been 
accounted for as if it were, in substance, a subsidiary.

CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The financial statements for the Group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint 
ventures are prepared using their functional currency. The functional 
currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which an entity operates. The presentation currency of the Group and 
Company is Sterling.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency 
using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 
Exchange differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation, at exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet 
date, of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies  
other than the functional currency are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement.

The balance sheets of foreign operations are translated into sterling 
using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date and the income 
statements are translated into sterling using the average exchange  
rate for the year. Where this average is not a reasonable approximation 
of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, 
the exchange rate on the transaction date is used. Exchange differences 
arising are recognised as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. 
On disposal of a foreign operation any cumulative exchange differences 
held in shareholders’ equity are transferred to the consolidated  
income statement.

61

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsPrincipal Accounting Policies (continued)

REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue from the sale of goods or services is measured at the fair value 
of the consideration, net of rebates and excluding value added tax. 
Revenue from the sale of goods or services is recognised when the 
Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards of ownership of 
the goods to the buyer, when the amount of revenue can be measured 
reliably and when it is probable that the economic benefits associated 
with the transaction will flow to the Group. Inter segmental transactions 
are on an arm’s length basis. 

In respect of construction contracts, revenue is calculated on the basis  
of the stage of completion and the total sales value of each contract.

The stage of completion is determined as the proportion that contract 
costs incurred for work performed to date bear to the total estimated 
total contract costs. No profit is recognised until a contract is at least  
30% complete. Amounts invoiced for work completed are deducted 
from the selling price, while amounts invoiced in excess of work 
completed are recognised as current liabilities.

Where it is probable that contract costs will exceed total contract 
revenue the expected loss is recognised immediately as an expense  
in the consolidated income statement.

RETIREMENT BENEFIT ASSET/OBLIGATIONS
The Group offers various pension schemes to employees  
including a defined benefit pension scheme and several defined 
contribution schemes.

The assets of the Group’s pension schemes are held separately  
from those of the Group and are invested with independent  
investment managers.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged to the 
consolidated income statement in the year to which they relate.

Carr’s Group Pension Scheme
The asset recognised in the consolidated and Company balance sheet at 
the year end is the fair value of scheme assets at the balance sheet date 
less the present value of the defined benefit obligation. Independent 
actuaries calculate the defined benefit asset annually using the projected 
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation 
is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using 
interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated  
in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms  
to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

The service costs, including pension scheme administrative costs,  
are included in operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

A credit is made within interest which represents a net interest amount 
that is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the 
year to the net defined benefit asset at the beginning of the year.  
The net interest amount also takes into account changes to the net  
asset during the year. 

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and 
changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the consolidated and 
Company statement of comprehensive income. The pension scheme 
deficit or surplus, to the extent that they are considered recoverable,  
are recognised in full on the consolidated balance sheet.

IFRIC 14 confirms that where a company has an unconditional right to a 
refund of surplus from a defined benefit pension plan during the lifetime 
of that plan or when it winds it up, and where there is expected to be 
surplus assets, there is no limit on the asset the Company can show 
on its balance sheet. At 1 September 2018 and 2 September 2017 the 

consolidated and Company balance sheet recognises the full surplus  
on the Carr’s Group defined benefit pension scheme.

Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme
One of the Group’s subsidiaries is a participating employer in the Carrs 
Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme, which is a multi-employer defined 
benefit pension scheme. Note 25 provides further information on this 
scheme and how it has been accounted for in the consolidated accounts.

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured  
at fair value at the date of the grant. The fair value determined at the 
grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

Fair value is measured by use of a valuation model. The expected life 
used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best 
estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.

At each balance sheet date the Group revises its estimate of the  
number of options that are expected to vest. Changes to the fair value 
recognised as a result of this are charged or credited to the consolidated 
income statement with a corresponding adjustment to the equity 
compensation reserve.

INTEREST
Interest is recognised in the consolidated income statement on an 
accruals basis using the effective interest method. 

BORROWING COSTS
General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are 
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for 
their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such 
time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement in the year in which they are incurred.

OPERATING SEGMENTS
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of 
internal financial information about components of the Group that  
are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’)  
to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance. 
The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors.

The CODM considers the business from a product/services perspective. 
Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture and Engineering.

NON-RECURRING ITEMS
Non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by nature are 
presented within their relevant income statement category, but 
highlighted separately on the face of the income statement. Items that 
management consider fall into this category are also disclosed within  
a note to the financial statements. The separate disclosure of profit 
before non-recurring items helps provide a better indication of the 
Group’s underlying business performance. Events which may give rise to 
non-recurring items include, but are not limited to, gains or losses on the 
disposal of subsidiaries/businesses, derivative gains or losses in respect 
of capital expenditure, gains or losses on the disposal of properties, 
gains or losses on the disposal of material investments, the restructuring 
of businesses, the integration of new businesses, acquisition related 
costs, contingent consideration linked to continued employment of key 
personnel and asset impairments including impairment of goodwill. 

62

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018GOODWILL
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the 
excess of the consideration transferred over the Group’s interest in the 
net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquiree and the fair value of the non-controlling interest 
in the acquiree.

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold buildings 
Plant and equipment 

up to 50 years
shorter of 50 years or lease term
3 to 20 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted  
if appropriate, at each financial year-end.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business 
combination is allocated to each of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, that is 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Each unit  
or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated represents the lowest 
level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes. 

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential 
impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the 
recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value 
less costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an 
expense and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 31 August 1998 
has not been reinstated and would not form part of the gain or loss  
on the disposal of a business.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Other intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation commences when 
assets are available for use. The expected useful lives, over which the 
assets are amortised, are generally as follows:

Customer relationships 
Brands 
Know-how 
Proprietary technology 
Development costs 
Patents and trademarks 
Contract backlog 
Software 

1 – 5 years
15 – 25 years or indefinite life
5 years
13 years
5 – 15 years
contractual life
3 years
3 – 10 years

Customer relationships and brands are amortised in line with the profit 
and income streams they are respectively expected to generate over 
their expected useful life.

Other intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis.

The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination  
is the fair value at the acquisition date. The cost of separately acquired 
intangible assets comprises the purchase price and any directly 
attributable costs of preparing the assets for use.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
All research costs are recognised in the consolidated income statement 
as incurred. Development costs are recognised as an asset only to the 
extent that specific recognition criteria, as set out in IAS38 ‘Intangible 
assets’, relevant to the proposed application are met and the amount 
recognised is recoverable through future economic benefits.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
purchase price and directly attributable costs. 

Assets not fully constructed at the balance sheet date are classified  
as assets in the course of construction. When construction is complete 
these assets are reclassified to the appropriate heading within property, 
plant and equipment. Depreciation commences when the asset  
is ready for use.

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged 
to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the 
proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Investment properties are properties held for long-term rental yields. 
Investment properties are carried in the balance sheet at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. For all other 
investment property, depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to 
allocate cost less residual values of the assets over their estimated useful 
lives as follows:

Freehold buildings 

up to 50 years

The cost of maintenance, repairs and minor equipment is charged 
to the consolidated income statement as incurred; the cost of major 
renovations and improvements is capitalised.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the 
proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the 
consolidated income statement.

IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
Non-financial assets are reviewed for impairment where there are 
any events or changes in circumstances that would indicate potential 
impairment. In addition, at each reporting date, the Group assesses 
whether there is any indication that goodwill may be impaired.  
Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate 
of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds 
its recoverable amount the asset is written down to its recoverable 
amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use and is deemed for an individual asset. If the asset does 
not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from 
other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. Discount rates 
reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of money are used 
for the value in use calculation.

INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  
Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the 
inventories to their present location and condition. Where appropriate, 
cost is calculated on a specific identification basis. Otherwise inventories 
are valued using the first-in first-out method.

Freehold land and assets in the course of construction are not 
depreciated. For all other property, plant and equipment, depreciation  
is calculated on a straight-line basis to allocate cost less residual values  
of the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all 
estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, 
selling and distribution.

63

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
Principal Accounting Policies (continued)

Provision has been made, where necessary, for slow moving, obsolete 
and defective inventories.

Contract work in progress is measured at the selling price of the work 
performed at the balance sheet date. The selling price is measured by 
reference to the stage of completion at the balance sheet date and total 
expected income from the contract work. 

Progress payments received are deducted from the value of work in 
progress except to the extent that payments on account exceed the 
value of work in progress on any contract where the excess is included  
in trade and other payables.

Directly attributable, and separately identifiable, costs of bidding for 
contracts are included in contract costs after the point in time at which  
it is considered probable that the contract will be obtained.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated and 
Company statement of cash flows comprise cash at bank and in hand, 
money market deposits and other short term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts. 
Bank overdrafts are presented in borrowings within current liabilities  
in the consolidated and Company balance sheet.

GRANTS
Grants received on capital expenditure are recorded as deferred income 
and taken to the consolidated income statement in equal annual 
instalments over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned. 

Revenue grants and contributions are taken to the consolidated income 
statement in the year to which they apply.

LEASES
Leases are classified as finance leases at inception where substantially 
all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the Group. 
Assets classified as finance leases are capitalised on the consolidated 
balance sheet and are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life  
of the asset and the term of the lease. The interest element of the rental 
obligations is charged to the consolidated income statement over the 
period of the lease using the actuarial method.

Rentals paid under operating leases are charged to the consolidated 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Leasehold land is normally classified as an operating lease. Payments 
made to acquire leasehold land are included in prepayments at cost  
and are amortised over the life of the lease. Any incentives to enter  
into operating leases are recognised as a reduction of rental expense 
over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

TAX
The tax charge comprises current tax and deferred tax.

The current tax charge represents an estimate of the amounts payable  
to tax authorities in respect of the Group’s taxable profits.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary 
differences arising between the tax base of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the consolidated and Company financial 
statements. Deferred tax arising from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the 
time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or 
loss, is not recognised. Deferred tax is measured using tax rates that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and 
are expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

64

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where 
the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax is recognised in the consolidated income statement, unless the  
tax relates to items recognised directly in shareholders’ equity, in which 
case the tax is recognised directly in shareholders’ equity through the 
consolidated and Company statement of comprehensive income.

DIVIDENDS
Final equity dividends to the shareholders of the Company are 
recognised in the year that they are approved by the shareholders. 
Interim equity dividends are recognised in the year that they are paid.

Dividends receivable are recognised in the period in which they  
are received.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the consolidated and 
Company balance sheet when the Group and Company becomes  
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables 
is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not 
be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the 
receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that 
the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default 
or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade 
receivable is impaired. The amount of the provision is the difference 
between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated 
future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.  
The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of  
a provision for impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised  
in the consolidated income statement. The provision is utilised when  
a trade receivable is uncollectible.

Investments
Investments are initially measured at cost, including transaction costs.  

Equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active 
market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured by other 
means are held at cost. 

Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the 
substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.  

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest  
in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recognised initially at fair value 
net of direct issue costs and are subsequently stated at amortised cost. 
Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement  
or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an effective 
interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument 
to the extent that they are not settled in the year in which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group primarily uses forward foreign currency contracts, options 
and currency swaps to manage its exposures to fluctuating foreign 
exchange rates. These instruments are initially recognised at fair value 
and are subsequently re-measured at their fair value at each balance 
sheet date. 

The Group’s policy is to hedge its international assets and it has 
designated foreign currency loans as a hedge against net investment in 
foreign operations. The portion of the gain or loss on an instrument used 
to hedge a net investment in a foreign operation that is determined  
as an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The gain or loss  
on any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately in the 
consolidated income statement.

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
From 3 September 2017 the following became effective and were 
adopted by the Group and Company:

Amendment to IAS 7 on disclosure initiative
Amendment to IAS 12 on recognition of deferred tax assets for  
  unrealised losses
Annual improvements 2014-2016 – IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of interests 
  in other entities’ regarding clarification of the scope of the standard

The adoption of these standards and interpretations has had no impact 
on the Group or Company’s profit for the year or equity.

NEW STANDARDS, AMENDMENTS AND INTERPRETATIONS ISSUED 
BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE AND NOT EARLY ADOPTED
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over income tax treatments
IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration
Amendments to IAS 28 ‘investment in associates’, on long term  
  interests in associates and joint ventures
Amendment to IAS 40 ‘Investment property’ relating to transfers  
  of investment property
Amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based payments on clarifying 
  share based payment transactions 
Amendments to IFRS 4 ‘Insurance contracts’ regarding the 
  implementation of IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’
Amendment to IFRS 9 Financial instruments on prepayment 
  features with negative compensation
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
Amendment to ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ – clarifications
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’

It is considered that the above amendments and interpretations, will not 
have a significant effect on the results or net assets of the Group  
or Company.

IFRS 9, “Financial instruments”, is effective for accounting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018, and will therefore first apply to 
Carr’s in the year ending August 2019. IFRS 9 requires entities to provide 
for possible future credit losses on loans and receivables, including trade 
receivables, even if it is highly likely that the loan or receivable will be  
fully collectible. The standard introduces an “expected credit loss”  
model that focuses on the risk that a loan or receivable will default rather 
than whether a loss has been incurred. The financial impact of IFRS 9  
is not material. 

IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers”, is effective for 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, and will 
therefore first apply to Carr’s in the year ending August 2019. 

IFRS 15 introduces the requirement to identify the separate performance 
obligations within a contract, allocate the revenue to those performance 
obligations and to recognise that revenue when the performance 
obligations has been satisfied. Following a review of contracts within the 
Engineering businesses, including whether there is an enforceable right 
to payment for performance completed to date within those contracts, 
together with reviews of controls in place over accounting practices, there 
will be no change to amounts previously recognised at implementation. 
In addition, for businesses where long term contract accounting exists, 
the contracts would not typically create assets with an alternative use 
due to their bespoke nature and design specifications tailored to the 
requirements of the customer, therefore revenue will still be recognised 
over time. There are robust controls in place to identify contracts and the 
performance obligations within those contracts.

A review of the impact to the Agriculture segment has concluded that 
there was no impact to the accounting within those businesses on 
transition to the new standard.

IFRS 16, “Leases”, is effective for period beginning on or after 1 January 
2019, and will therefore first apply to Carr’s in the year ending August 
2020. The Group continues to assess the impact of the accounting 
changes that will be required; in particular, leases currently treated  
as operating leases such as property leases, company cars and some IT 
equipment are likely to be recorded as an asset and a lease liability.

At the date of signing the financial statements the Directors are  
not yet in a sufficiently advanced stage of their review to be able  
to quantify any financial impact from IFRS 16. However, as a broad 
indicator of the magnitude of the Group’s operating lease commitments, 
note 32 shows commitments under non-cancellable operating leases  
at 1 September 2018 of £11,071,000.

SIGNIFICANT JUDGEMENTS, KEY ASSUMPTIONS AND ESTIMATES
Application of certain Group accounting policies requires management  
to make judgements, assumptions and estimates concerning the future  
as detailed below.

Valuation of pension obligations
The valuation of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme is 
determined each year following advice from a qualified independent 
actuary and can fluctuate based on a number of external factors.  
Such factors include the major assumptions as shown in the table in note 
25 and actual returns on scheme assets compared to those predicted  
in the previous scheme valuation.

Impairment of goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill must be assessed for impairment annually,  
or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. 
This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash generating 
units to which goodwill is allocated. Value in use is dependent on 
estimations of future cash flows from the cash generating unit and the 
use of an appropriate discount rate to discount those cash flows to their 
present value.

An impairment was identified in both the current and prior year (note 10).

Provision for impairment of trade receivables
The financial statements include a provision for impairment of trade 
receivables (note 19) that is based on management’s estimation of 
recoverability. There is a risk that the provision will not match the trade 
receivables that ultimately prove to be irrecoverable.

Revenue recognition on construction contracts
Under long term contracts, the Group recognises revenue and 
profits based on the percentage completion method. This requires 
management to make an assessment of the overall profitability and  
the stage of completion of the entire contract in order to determine  
the level of revenue and profit to recognise.

65

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements

1 The Company has taken advantage of the exemption, under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, from presenting its own income statement.  
The profit after tax for the year dealt with in the accounts of the Company was £2,541,000 (2017: £3,349,000).

2 Segmental information
The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Executive Directors. Management has identified the operating  
segments based on internal financial information reviewed by the CODM. The CODM considers the business from a product/services perspective. 
Operating segments have been identified as Agriculture and Engineering. Operating segments have not been aggregated for the purpose  
of determining reportable segments.

Agriculture aims to provide for all farming requirements. It derives its revenue from the sale of animal feed and feed blocks together with retail sales  
of farm equipment, fuels and farm consumables.

Engineering derives its revenue from the provision of engineering services and the design and manufacture of bespoke equipment for use  
in the nuclear, oil and gas, and petrochemical industries. Products include manipulators, robotics, specialist fabrication and precision machining. 

Performance is assessed using operating profit. For internal purposes the CODM assesses operating profit before material non-recurring items 
consistent with the presentation in the financial statements.

Inter-segmental transactions are all undertaken on an arm’s length basis.

As segment liabilities are not reviewed by the CODM they are not required to be disclosed under IFRS 8.

The Group has operations in the UK and overseas. In accordance with IFRS 8, entity wide disclosures based on the geography of operations  
is also presented. The geographical analysis of revenue is presented by revenue origin.

The segmental information for the year ended 1 September 2018 is as follows:

Total segment revenue 
Inter segment revenue 

Revenue from external customers 

Adjusted3 EBITDA4 
Depreciation, amortisation and profit/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures 

Adjusted3 operating profit 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items  

Operating profit 

Finance income 
Finance costs 

Adjusted3 profit before taxation 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items 

Profit before taxation 

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group
£’000

359,620 
(12) 

43,618 
(34) 

403,238
(46)

359,608 

43,584 

403,192

12,751 
(2,769) 
3,396 

13,378 
(386) 

6,000 
(1,733) 
(181) 

4,086 
(673) 

18,751
(4,502)
3,215

17,464
(1,059)

12,992 

3,413 

16,405

358
(1,261)

16,561
(1,059)

15,502

3 Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs (note 4).

4 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment and share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.

66

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 Segmental information (continued)
Assets

Segment gross assets 

The segmental information for the year ended 2 September 2017 (restated) is as follows:

Total segment revenue 
Inter segment revenue 

Revenue from external customers 

Adjusted5 EBITDA6 
Depreciation, amortisation and profit/(loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures 

Adjusted5 operating profit 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items 

Operating profit 

Finance income 
Finance costs 

Adjusted5 profit before taxation 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items 

Profit before taxation 

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group
£’000

159,305 

71,882 

231,187

Agriculture  
£’000 

Engineering  
£’000 

Group  
£’000

315,876 
(9) 

30,390 
(33) 

346,266
(42)

315,867 

30,357 

346,224

11,302 
(2,690) 
2,834 

11,446 
(630) 

10,816 

2,084 
(1,418) 
(21) 

645 
(771) 

13,386  
(4,108)
2,813

12,091
(1,401)

(126) 

10,690

176
(864)

11,403
(1,401)

10,002

5 Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items including acquisition costs (note 4).

6 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, profit/(loss) on the disposal of property, plant and equipment and share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.

Assets

Segment gross assets (restated) 

Agriculture 
 £’000 

Engineering 
£’000 

Group
£’000

136,545 

72,041 

208,586

Entity wide disclosures
Revenues from external customers are derived from the sale of products by individual business segment. The breakdown of revenue by business  
segment is provided above.

Revenues from external customers: 

UK 
Europe 
USA 
New Zealand 
Other 

2018 
£’000 

341,905 
17,201 
42,897 
1,178 
11 

403,192 

2017
£’000

296,905 
14,666
34,457
196
—

346,224 

67

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

2 Segmental information (continued)
Non-current assets

UK 
£’000 

Europe 
£’000 

2018 

New  
USA  Zealand 
£’000 

£’000 

(Restated)
2017

Total 
£’000 

UK 
£’000 

Europe 
£’000 

USA 
£’000 

New
Zealand 
£’000  

Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investment in associates 
Interest in joint ventures 
Other investments 
Non-current receivables 
Retirement benefit asset 

9,856 
430 
22,524 
170 
13,129 
2,101 
50 
— 
10,146 

5,946 
447 
8,463 
— 
— 
2,644 
1 
— 
— 

8,470 
1,346 
7,448 
— 
— 
3,259 
23 
21 
— 

58,406 

17,501 

20,567 

— 
— 
49 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

49 

24,272 
2,223 
38,484 
170 
13,129 
8,004 
74 
21 
10,146 

9,714 
241 
21,764 
176 
10,911 
1,771 
50 
50 
5,209 

6,081 
491 
7,302 
— 
— 
2,175 
— 
— 
— 

8,498 
1,534 
8,055 
— 
532 
2,644 
23 
394 
— 

96,523 

49,886 

16,049 

21,680 

— 
— 
28 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

28 

Major customers
There are no revenues from transactions with individual customers which amount to ten percent or more of Group revenue.

3 Operating profit

2018 
£’000 

(54) 
19 
4,372 
6 
397 
516 
251 
— 
— 
178 
(31) 
1,953 
1,575 

78 

169 
247 

— 
— 

(44) 
48 

4  

Group operating profit is stated after (crediting)/charging: 
Amortisation of grants 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of owned investment property 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Goodwill impairment (note 4) 
Business combination expenses (note 4) 
Release of contingent consideration (note 4) 
Restructuring costs (note 4) 
Foreign exchange losses/(gains) 
Derivative financial instruments gains 
Operating lease charges 
Research and development expense 
Auditors’ remuneration:
Audit services (Company £16,391; 2017: £15,914) 
The auditing of accounts of subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to legislation  
  (including overseas) 
Total audit services 

Other non-audit services 
Total non-audit services 

Included within Group operating profit is the following in respect 
  of investment property leased to, and occupied by, external parties:
Rental income 
Operating expenses 

68

Total 
£’000

24,293
2,266 
37,149
176 
11,443
6,590 
73
444
5,209

87,643

2017
£’000

(53)
215
4,093
6
124
1,700
1,349
(2,090)
112
(152)
(17)
1,446
1,258

77

119
196

10
10

(41)
42

1

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Goodwill impairment 
Business combination expenses 
Release of contingent consideration 
Restructuring costs 
Loss on property disposal 

2018 
£’000 

292 
516 
251 
— 
— 
— 

1,059 

2017
£’000

124
1,700
1,349
(2,090)
112
206

1,401

An impairment of £516,000 was recognised in the year against the carrying value of goodwill in respect of the Bendalls Engineering business (note 10). 

Business combination expenses relate to acquisition costs incurred in the period as well as contingent consideration in relation to prior year acquisitions  
of Phoenix Feeds Limited and the business and certain assets of Mortimer Feeds Limited which is explained further below. 

Phoenix Feeds Limited was acquired on 1 June 2016. The consideration paid included £490,000 of contingent consideration linked to the continued  
employment of key personnel and therefore in accordance with IFRS 3 this was not recognised as consideration in the acquisition accounting in the  
53 weeks ended 3 September 2016. It is instead being recognised in the income statement over a two year period with £184,000 (2017: £306,000)  
recognised in the current year. Given the nature of the payment it has been recognised as a non-recurring item. 

Mortimer Feeds was acquired on 5 June 2017. The consideration paid included £30,000 of contingent consideration linked to the continued employment  
of key personnel and therefore in accordance with IFRS 3 this was not recognised as consideration in the acquisition accounting in the prior year. It is  
instead being recognised in the income statement over a one year period with £30,000 (2017: £nil) recognised in the current year. Given the nature  
of this payment it has been recognised as a non-recurring item. 

The goodwill impairment and release of contingent consideration recognised in the prior year relate to the acquisition of Chirton Engineering Limited  
which was acquired in year ended 2014. 

Restructuring costs in the prior year comprise redundancy costs. 

The loss on property disposal recognised in the prior year was in respect of the disposal of a property that was no longer required following the  
relocation of one of the Group’s Agricultural branches.

5 Staff costs

The tables below include Executive Directors but exclude Non-Executive Directors. 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 
Share based payments 

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

36,061 
3,893 
2,172 
1,125 

43,251  

2017 
£’000 

 30,543  
 3,458  
 2,034  
485  

36,520 

2018 
£’000 

2,463 
349 
220 
746 

3,778  

2017
£’000

1,286
276
277
348

 2,187

Included within pension costs for both Group and Company is a charge of £24,000 (2017: £59,000) in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme (note 25).

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Group 

Company

2018 
Number 

2017 
Number 

2018 
Number 

2017
Number

Sales, office and management 
Manufacture and distribution 

532 
466 

998 

 507  
 429  

 936  

27 
— 

27 

Key management are considered to be the Directors of the Group.

Full details of the Directors’ emoluments, pension benefits and share options are given in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 33-43.

26
—

26

69

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

6 Finance income and finance costs

Finance income

Bank interest 
Net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset (note 25) 
Interest on loan with associate 
Other interest 

Total finance income 

Finance costs

Interest payable on bank overdrafts 
Interest payable on bank loans and other borrowings 
Interest payable on finance leases 
Other interest 

Total finance costs 

7 Taxation

(a) Analysis of the charge in the year

Current tax:
UK corporation tax 
  Current year  
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  
Foreign tax 
  Current year  
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  

Group current tax  

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of timing differences 
  Current year 
  Adjustment in respect of prior years 

Group deferred tax (note 17) 

Tax on profit from ordinary activities 

70

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

145 
125 
71 
17 

358 

(177) 
(832) 
(75) 
(177) 

(1,261) 

127
6
6
37

176

(115)
(551)
(73)
(125)

(864)

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

1,352 
(228) 

1,549 
— 

2,673 

(796) 
(22) 

(818) 

1,855 

887
(144)

591
(8)

1,326

442 
(61)

381

1,707

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Taxation (continued)
(b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2017: lower) than the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2017: 19.58%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before taxation  

Tax at 19% (2017: 19.58%)  
Effects of:
  Tax effect of share of results of associates and joint ventures  
  Tax effect of expenses that are not allowable in determining taxable profit  
  Tax effect of non-taxable income  
  Effects of different tax rates of foreign subsidiaries  
  Effects of changes in deferred tax rates  
  Unrecognised deferred tax on losses 
  Adjustment in respect of prior years  

Total tax charge for the year  

2018 
£’000 

15,502 

2,945 

(611) 
300 
(310) 
227 
(490) 
44 
(250) 

1,855 

2017
£’000

10,002

1,958

(551)
494
(418)
473
(36)
—
(213)

1,707

The tax effect of expenses that are not allowable in determining taxable profit includes the non-recurring items of business combination expenses  
and goodwill impairment (note 4). These have been treated as disallowable for tax purposes.

The tax effect of non-taxable income includes the effect of income within the patent box regime and in respect of the prior year the release of  
contingent consideration in respect of the Chirton Engineering acquisition in 2014 (note 4).

The effect of changes in deferred tax rates in the current year includes the effect to deferred tax balances following the reduction in US Federal tax  
rates during the year.

(c) Factors affecting future tax charges

The main rate of UK corporation tax has been reduced from 19% to 17% with effect from 1 April 2020. This rate reduction was substantively enacted 
before the year end and as the Directors consider the deferred tax balances are expected to reverse after 1 April 2020 the tax rate used for deferred  
tax at the year end is 17%.

8 Dividends

Equity 

Second interim paid for the year ended 2 September 2017 of 0.95p per 2.5p share (2016: 0.95p) 
Special dividend of 17.54p per 2.5p share 
Final dividend for the year ended 2 September 2017 of 2.1p per 2.5p share (2016: 1.9p)   
First interim paid for the year ended 1 September 2018 of 1.075p per 2.5p share (2017: 0.95p)  

2018 
£’000 

868 
— 
1,919 
983 

3,770 

2017
£’000

866
15,996
1,736
869

19,467

A special dividend of £15,996,351, being 17.54p per share, was paid in the prior year following the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd. 

Since the year end a second interim dividend of £982,583, being 1.075p per share, has been paid. The financial statements do not reflect the  
dividend payable.

The proposed final dividend for the year ended 1 September 2018 to be considered by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is £2,148,150
being 2.35p per share, making a total for the year of 4.5p (2017: excluding the special dividend 4.0p). Shares held in treasury do not carry entitlement  
to a dividend. The financial statements do not reflect this proposed final dividend as payable.

71

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

9 Earnings per ordinary share

Earnings per share are calculated by reference to a weighted average of 91,402,338 shares (2017: 91,355,427) in issue during the year.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and non-recurring items that are charged or credited to profit do not relate to the underlying profitability  
of the Group. The Board believes adjusted profit before these items provides a useful measure of business performance. Therefore an adjusted 
earnings per share is presented as follows:

Earnings per share  – basic  

Amortisation and non-recurring items: 
  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets   
  Goodwill impairment 
  Business combination expenses 
  Release of contingent consideration 
  Restructuring costs 
  Loss on property disposal 
  Taxation effect of the above 
  Non-controlling interest in the above 

Earnings per share – adjusted 

2018 

2017

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

Earnings 
£’000 

Earnings
per share
pence

13.0 

7,005 

0.3 
0.6 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 

13.9 

124 
1,700 
1,349 
(2,090) 
112 
206 
(88) 
(175) 

8,143 

7.7

0.1
1.9 
1.5
(2.3)
0.1
0.2
(0.1)
(0.2)

8.9

Earnings 
£’000 

11,892 

292 
516 
251 
— 
— 
— 
(60) 
(145) 

12,746 

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares. The potentially dilutive ordinary shares, where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares 
during the year, are disclosed in note 27.

2018 
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
£’000 

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

2017
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
£’000 

Earnings
per share
pence

Earnings per share 

11,892 

91,402,338 

13.0 

7,005 

91,355,427 

Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Share save scheme 
  Long term incentive plan 

— 
— 

405,079 
1,631,190 

Diluted earnings per share 

11,892 

93,438,607 

(0.1) 
(0.2) 

12.7 

— 
— 

227,605 
542,288 

7,005 

92,125,320 

7.7

—
(0.1)

7.6

Adjusted 
earnings 
£’000 

2018 
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings 
per share 
pence 

Adjusted 
earnings 
£’000 

2017
Weighted 
average number 
of shares 

Earnings
per share
pence

Diluted adjusted 
  earnings per share 

12,746 

93,438,607 

13.6 

8,143 

92,125,320 

8.8

72

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost 
At 3 September 2016  
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries/businesses acquired 
Additions  
Disposals 

At 2 September 2017  
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries acquired 
Additions 
Transfers from group companies 
Disposals 

At 1 September 2018  

Accumulated amortisation 
  and impairment
At 3 September 2016  
Exchange differences 
Charge for the year 
Impairment 
Disposals 

At 2 September 2017 
Exchange differences 
Charge for the year 
Impairment 
Disposals 

At 1 September 2018 

Net book amount
At 3 September 2016 

At 2 September 2017 

At 1 September 2018 

(Restated) 
Goodwill 
£’000 

11,765 
320 
14,233 
— 
— 

26,318 
(163) 
658 
— 
— 
— 

26,813 

325 
— 
— 
1,700 
— 

2,025 
— 
— 
516 
— 

2,541 

11,440 

24,293 

24,272 

Customer 

Know-how, 
technology and 
relationships  development costs 
£’000 

£’000 

Group 

Brands, 
patents and 
trademarks 
£’000 

Contract
back-log 
£’000 

Company

Software 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

Software
£’000

1,316 
— 
36 
— 
(1,316) 

36 
— 
53 
— 
— 
— 

89 

1,316 
— 
— 
— 
(1,316) 

— 
— 
89 
— 
— 

89 

— 

36 

— 

240 
7 
216 
219 
(240) 

442 
(7) 
— 
95 
— 
— 

530 

240 
1 
21 
— 
(240) 

22 
— 
54 
— 
— 

76 

— 

420 

454 

448 
50 
1,195 
12 
— 

1,705 
(11) 
— 
6 
— 
(1) 

1,699 

293 
18 
32 
— 
— 

343 
(1) 
120 
— 
(1) 

461 

155 

1,362 

1,238 

— 
4 
232 
— 
— 

236 
(1) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

235 

— 
— 
7 
— 
— 

7 
2 
76 
— 
— 

85 

— 

229 

150 

691 
63 
5 
140 
(6) 

893 
(17) 
— 
224 
— 
— 

14,460 
444 
15,917 
371 
(1,562) 

29,630 
(199) 
711 
325 
— 
(1) 

1,100 

30,466 

560 
56 
64 
— 
(6) 

674 
(13) 
58 
— 
— 

2,734 
75 
124 
1,700 
(1,562) 

3,071 
(12) 
397 
516 
(1) 

719 

3,971 

131 

219 

11,726 

26,559 

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
199 
129
—

328

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
— 
—
—

—

—

—

381 

26,495 

328

During the year goodwill of £658,000 arose on acquisitions (note 28). An impairment of £516,000 was recognised in the year which is discussed later  
in this note.

During the prior year cost and accumulated amortisation of £1,316,000 in respect of customer relationships and cost and accumulated amortisation  
of £240,000 in respect of know-how were disposed from the table above. These intangible assets have been fully amortised and have therefore  
been removed.

During the prior year goodwill totalling £14,233,000 arose on acquisitions. Goodwill represented the excess of the consideration paid over the Group’s 
interest in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

During the prior year an impairment of £1,700,000 was recognised in respect of the goodwill related to the acquisition of Chirton Engineering Limited 
which was acquired in year ended 2014.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the combination.

73

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

10 Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
The carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash generating units: 

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Johnstone Wallace Oils profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Borders profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wooler profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Safe at Work profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Laycocks/Pearsons profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Wales profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Reid and Robertson profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Morpeth profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Phoenix profit centre 
Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd – Mortimer profit centre 
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – Scotmin profit centre 
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc. – Silver Springs profit centre 
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Bendalls Engineering profit centre 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre 
NuVision Engineering, Inc. 

1 September 
2018 
£’000 

(Restated)
2 September
2017
£’000

781 
264 
369 
568 
783 
626 
873 
80 
703 
215 
2,068 
19 
5,946 
— 
2,526 
8,451 

781
264
369
568 
125
626
873
80
703
215
2,068
19
6,081
516
2,526
8,479

24,272 

24,293 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of overseas subsidiaries has been retranslated at the balance sheet date.

The restatement of the prior year carrying value of NuVision Engineering, Inc. goodwill is detailed further in note 36.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment by estimating future cash flows from the cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated and discounting those cash flows  
to their present value. Each unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill  
is monitored for internal management purposes. The key assumptions in this calculation are the levels of future cash flows, particularly in the perpetuity 
period, and the discount rate. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value  
of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units.

Cash flows are estimated using the most recent budget information for the year to August 2019, which has been approved by the Board and forecast 
information for the four years to August 2023 based on medium term business plans and an assumption for long term growth of between 1-3% excluding 
inflation. The pre-tax discount rates used to discount the forecast cash flows for all cash generating units is 5.23 %– 10.82% (2017: 4.86% – 10.32%). 

The Directors consider the assumptions adopted in calculating the cash flows to be consistent with historical performance and to be reasonable given 
current market conditions.

Impairment testing on the goodwill allocated to the Bendalls Engineering profit centre showed that although business plans demonstrate the profit 
centre to be cash generative the headroom during stress testing was sensitive to changes in future cash flows. An impairment of £516,000 against the 
full carrying value of goodwill has been recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Significant headroom exists in each of the other cash generating units and, based on the stress testing performed, reasonable possible changes in the 
assumptions would not cause the carrying amount of the cash generating units to equal or to exceed their recoverable amount.

Amortisation and impairment charges are recognised within administrative expenses and have been highlighted separately within amortisation and 
non-recurring items (note 4) where they relate to acquired intangible assets.

 There is no goodwill in the Company (2017: none).

Significant cash generating units 
The following key assumptions have been used in the impairment testing for goodwill with a significant carrying value:

Goodwill 
 carrying value 
£’000 

Pre-tax 
 discount rate 
% 

Long term average annual 
change in cash flows 
% 

Long term
growth rate
%

Cash generating unit
NuVision Engineering, Inc. 
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd – Chirton profit centre 
Carrs Agriculture Ltd – Scotmin profit centre 

8,451 
5,946 
2,526 
2,068 

10.82 
10.82 
10.82 
5.23 

— 
— 
8 
9 

2
2 
2
2

Stress testing of the future cash flows generated from these cash generating units shows that an impairment of goodwill would potentially arise  
should cash flows fall by 46% in NuVision Engineering Inc, by 28% in Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH, by 30% in the Chirton profit centre and by 92% 
in the Scotmin profit centre.

74

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 3 September 2016 
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries/businesses acquired 
Additions 
Disposals  
Reclassifications  

At 2 September 2017 
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries acquired 
Additions 
Transfers from group companies  
Disposals  
Reclassifications  

At 1 September 2018 

Accumulated depreciation
At 3 September 2016 
Exchange differences  
Charge for the year  
Disposals  

At 2 September 2017 
Exchange differences  
Charge for the year  
Transfers from group companies  
Disposals  
Reclassifications  

At 1 September 2018 

Net book amount
At 3 September 2016 

At 2 September 2017 

At 1 September 2018 

Group 

Land and 
buildings 
£’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
£’000 

Assets in the
course of 
construction 
£’000 

25,672 
689 
8 
449 
(691) 
116 

26,243 
(166) 
— 
755 
— 
— 
1,393 

28,225 

5,677 
89 
759 
(92) 

6,433 
(11) 
823 
— 
— 
127 

7,372 

19,995 

19,810 

20,853 

38,432 
521 
1,584 
3,032 
(1,553) 
975 

42,991 
(117) 
267 
3,163 
— 
(1,136) 
201 

45,369 

24,459 
306 
3,334 
(1,246) 

26,853 
(28) 
3,549 
— 
(827) 
(127) 

29,420 

13,973 

16,138 

15,949 

1,843 
33 
10 
406 
— 
(1,091) 

1,201 
(9) 
— 
1,581 
— 
— 
(1,091) 

1,682 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

1,843 

1,201 

1,682 

Company

Plant and
equipment
£’000

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
713
(108)
—

605

—
—
—
—

—
—
15
483
(48)
—

450

—

—

155

Total 
£’000 

65,947 
1,243 
1,602 
3,887 
(2,244) 
— 

70,435 
(292) 
267 
5,499 
— 
(1,136) 
503 

75,276 

30,136 
395 
4,093 
(1,338) 

33,286 
(39) 
4,372 
— 
(827) 
— 

36,792 

35,811 

37,149 

38,484 

Freehold land amounting to £2,979,029 (2017: £2,938,879) has not been depreciated.

The net book amount of plant and equipment includes £3,673,849 (2017: £2,829,604) in respect of assets held under finance leases. This consists of cost  
of £5,351,435 (2017: £4,241,494) less accumulated depreciation of £1,677,586 (2017: £1,411,890). The finance lease lessors hold security over the assets held  
under finance leases.

Under the Group’s banking facilities the lenders have legal charges over certain properties together with floating charges over the assets  
of certain businesses. The net book amount of specific assets held under legal charges at the balance sheet date was £1,558,000 (2017: £1,613,000).

Included in the above table in respect of assets held under floating charges are assets with a net book amount of £7,507,000 (2017: £6,702,000).  
This excludes specific assets under legal charge and assets secured under finance leases both of which are separately disclosed above. 

75

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

11 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Depreciation is recognised within the Consolidated Income Statement as shown below:

Cost of sales 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 

12 Investment property

Group 

Cost
At 3 September 2016, 2 September 2017 and 1 September 2018 

Accumulated depreciation
At 3 September 2016 
Charge for the year 

At 2 September 2017 
Charge for the year 

At 1 September 2018 

Net book amount
At 3 September 2016 

At 2 September 2017 

At 1 September 2018 

2018 
£’000 

3,594 
16 
762 

4,372 

Group 

2017 
£’000 

3,536 
— 
557 

4,093 

2018 
£’000 

Company

2017
£’000

— 
— 
15 

15 

—
—
—

—

Total
£’000

299

117
6

123
6

129

182

176

170

The fair value of investment properties at 1 September 2018 is £360,000 (2017: £360,000). Investment properties were valued by independent  
professionally qualified valuers in October 2016. 

There is no investment property in the Company (2017: none).

76

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 Investments

Group 

Cost
At 3 September 2016 
Exchange difference 
Acquisitions 
Redemption of preference shares 
Share of post-tax result 
Share of gains recognised directly in equity  
Dividend paid by associate and joint ventures 

At 2 September 2017 
Exchange difference 
Disposals 
Redemption of preference shares 
Share of post-tax result 
Share of gains recognised directly in equity  
Dividend paid by associate and joint ventures 

At 1 September 2018 

Associates 
£’000 

Joint 
ventures 
£’000 

Other
investments 
£’000 

8,667 
9 
544 
— 
1,609 
859 
(245) 

11,443 
(18) 
(333) 
— 
1,634 
991 
(588) 

13,129 

6,257 
209 
— 
(150) 
1,204 
37 
(967) 

6,590 
(34) 
— 
(20) 
1,581 
3 
(116) 

8,004 

Total
£’000

15,005
219
544
(150)
2,813
896
(1,212)

18,115
(51)
(333)
(20)
3,215
994
(704)

21,216

9

14,996

18,106

21,207

81 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

82 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

83 

9 

72 

73 

74 

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 3 September 2016, 2 September 2017 and 1 September 2018 

— 

— 

Net book amount
At 3 September 2016  

At 2 September 2017  

At 1 September 2018  

8,667 

11,443 

13,129 

6,257 

6,590 

8,004 

During the prior year Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc. was brought into the Group as an associate following the acquisition of NuVision Engineering, 
Inc., which held 49% of the issued share capital of Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc. During the current year NuVision Engineering, Inc., disposed of its 
investment in Mid Columbia Engineering, Inc. 

Other investments comprise shares in several private limited companies. These investments have been classified as unquoted investments for which  
fair value cannot be reliably measured and are held at cost less accumulated impairment. 

77

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

13 Investments (continued)

Company 

Cost
At 3 September 2016  
Investment in subsidiaries 
Share based payment credit in respect 
  of employees of subsidiary undertakings   

At 2 September 2017  
Share based payment credit in respect  
  of employees of subsidiary undertakings   

At 1 September 2018  

Accumulated provision for impairment
At 3 September 2016, 2 September 2017 and 1 September 2018 

Net book amount
At 3 September 2016 

At 2 September 2017 

At 1 September 2018 

Shares in 
subsidiaries 
£’000 

Associate 
£’000 

Joint 
ventures 
£’000 

16,272 
14,780 

(66) 

30,986 

369 

31,355 

4,794 

11,478 

26,192 

26,561 

245 
— 

— 

245 

— 

245 

— 

245 

245 

245 

272 
— 

— 

272 

— 

272 

— 

272 

272 

272 

Total
£’000

16,789
14,780

(66)

31,503

369

31,872

4,794

11,995

26,709

27,078

Investment in subsidiaries of £14,780,000 in the prior year represents the increased shareholding in a subsidiary following the capitalisation of  
inter-company debt together with the investment in two new subsidiaries Carr’s International Finance Limited and Carr’s Engineering (US), Inc.

14 Investment in associates
The associated undertakings at 1 September 2018 are:

Group

Name 

Proportion
of shares held 
Ordinary 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Activity

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd 

49 

England  

UK 

Manufacture of animal feed

The investment in Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd is held directly by the Company. During the year the investment in Mid Columbia 
Engineering, Inc. which was held directly by NuVision Engineering, Inc. was disposed.

The Group does not have the ability to control the financial and operating policies of its associate. The Group has a 49% shareholding and a 43%  
representation on the Board of Directors of Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd.

Associates are accounted for using the equity method.

At the year end Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd had capital commitments of £70,000 (2017: £308,000). No contingent liabilities exist within  
the associate.

The aggregate amounts relating to the associates, of which the Group recognises 49% in the net investment in associates, are:

2018 
£’000 

44,818 
(18,024) 
138,401 
3,335 

2017
£’000

39,878
(16,525) 
115,797
3,284

Total assets  
Total liabilities 
Revenues 
Profit after tax 

78

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15 Interest in joint ventures
The joint ventures at 1 September 2018 are:

Group

Name 

Crystalyx Products GmbH 

Bibby Agriculture Ltd 

Afgritech Ltd 

Afgritech LLC 

Gold-Bar Feed Supplements LLC 

ACC Feed Supplement LLC 

Silloth Storage Company Ltd 

Interest held 
Equity 
% 

50 

26 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Germany  

Germany 

England 

England  

USA 

USA 

USA 

England 

UK 

UK 

USA 

USA 

USA 

UK 

Activity

Manufacture of animal 
feed blocks

Sale of agricultural products

Holding company

Producers of ingredients 
of animal feed

Manufacture of animal 
feed blocks

Manufacture of animal
feed blocks

Storage of molasses

Crystalyx Products GmbH and Silloth Storage Company Ltd have a 31 December accounting year end.

The Company directly holds the interest in Crystalyx Products GmbH and Afgritech Ltd. Afgritech Ltd has 100% control of Afgritech LLC. Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd directly holds the interest in Bibby Agriculture Ltd.  Animal Feed Supplement, Inc. directly holds the interest in Gold-Bar Feed 
Supplements LLC and ACC Feed Supplement LLC. Carrs Agriculture Ltd directly holds the interest in Silloth Storage Company Ltd. The preference shares 
in Bibby Agriculture Ltd were fully redeemed during the year.

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

At the year end the joint ventures had capital commitments of £54,000 (2017: £461,000). No contingent liabilities exist within the joint ventures.

The aggregate amounts included in the financial statements relating to the Group’s share of joint ventures are:

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Income 
Expenses 
Net finance cost 

2018 
£’000 

8,195 
7,662 
(6,987) 
(883) 
38,656 
(36,514) 
(119) 

2017
£’000

7,658
6,343
(5,200)
(2,248)
30,175
(28,567)
(73)

Goodwill of £17,000 arose on the investment in Silloth Storage Company Ltd. This is included in the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in joint 
ventures and is not shown as a separate asset.

Included within interest in joint ventures is an amount of £nil (2017: £20,000) which relates to the Group’s interest in the preference share capital  
of Bibby Agriculture Ltd.

79

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

16 Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Name 

Proportion
of shares held 
Ordinary 
% 

Country of 
incorporation 

Country of 
operation 

Carrs Agriculture Ltd  

100  

England1  

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Animal Feed Supplement, Inc.  

Carr’s Supplements (NZ) Ltd 
Conegar S.A. 
Carr’s Supplements (Brasil) Nutrição Animal Ltda 
Carr’s Engineering Ltd  
Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH 
Carr’s Engineering (US), Inc. 
NuVision Engineering, Inc. 
B.R.B. Trust Ltd  
Carrs Properties Ltd  
Carr’s International Finance Ltd 
Carr’s Group Corporate Trustee Ltd  

51  
100  

100 
100 
100 
100  
100 
100 
100 
100  
100  
100 
100 

England1 
USA2 

New Zealand3 
Uruguay6 
Brazil7 
England1 
Germany4 
USA5 
USA5 
England1 
England1 
England1 
England1 

UK 

UK 
USA 

New Zealand 
Uruguay 
Brazil 
UK 
Germany 
USA 
USA 
UK 
UK 
UK 
UK 

Activity

Manufacture of  
animal feed/mineral blocks and
ingredients of animal feed
Agricultural retailers  
Manufacture of 
animal feed blocks 
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Distributor of animal feed blocks
Engineering  
Engineering
Holding Company
Engineering
Financial services  
Property holding
Finance Company
Corporate Trustee

1 Registered Office address: Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA 
3 Registered Office address: 515a Wairakei Road, Burnside, Christchurch 8053, New Zealand  4 Registered Office address: Schießstattweg 16, 88677 Markdorf, Germany 
5 Registered Office address: 2403 Sidney Street, Suite 700, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15203, USA 
6 Registered Office address: Juncal 1305, Piso 18, Montevideo, Uruguay 
7 Registered Office address: Avenida Bernardino de Campos, 98, Andar 7, Sala 47, Paraiso, São Paulo – SP, 04.004-040, Brasil

2 Registered Office address: 101 Roanoke Avenue, Poteau, Oklahoma 74953, USA

Dormant subsidiaries are listed on page 107 of this Annual Report and Accounts.

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by the Company with the following exceptions: Carr’s Engineering Ltd holds 100% of the 
investment in Wälischmiller Engineering GmbH; Carrs Agriculture Ltd holds 100% of the investment in Carr’s Supplements (NZ) Ltd, Conegar S.A. and  
Carr’s Supplements (Brasil) Nutrição Animal Ltda; and Carr’s Engineering (US), Inc. holds 100% of the investment in NuVision Engineering, Inc.

During the year ESI Holding Company, Inc. was merged with NuVision Engineering, Inc. and Horslyx LLC was dissolved. 

17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Group 

Accelerated tax depreciation  
Employee benefits  
Other 

Tax liabilities  

Liabilities

2018 
£’000 

(1,604) 
(1,725) 
(652) 

(3,981) 

2017
£’000

(2,118)
(886)
(1,006)

(4,010) 

Deferred tax liabilities are expected to reverse after more than one year from the balance sheet date.

Movement in deferred tax during the year

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Employee benefits 
Other 

At 
3 September 
2017 
£’000 

Exchange 
differences 
£’000 

In respect of 
acquisitions 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
1 September
2018
£’000

(2,118) 
(886) 
(1,006) 

(4,010) 

28 
— 
17 

45 

(35) 
— 
(5) 

(40) 

521 
(17) 
314 

818 

— 
(822) 
28 

(794) 

(1,604) 
(1,725) 
(652)

(3,981)

Other deferred tax assets and liabilities includes deferred tax on short term timing differences, rolled over capital gains, trading losses, capital losses, 
business combinations and overseas deferred tax.

80

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)
Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

At 
4 September 
2016 
£’000 

Exchange 
differences 
£’000 

In respect of 
acquisitions 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
2 September
2017
£’000

Liabilities:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Employee benefits 
Other 

,

Company 

Accelerated tax  
  depreciation  
Employee benefits  
Other 

Tax assets/(liabilities)  

(1,230) 
(56) 
(531) 

(1,817) 

2017 
£’000 

8 
—  
51 

59 

Assets 

2018 
£’000 

16 
— 
217 

233 

Movement in deferred tax during the year

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Other 

Liabilities:
Employee benefits 

Net liabilities 

Movement in deferred tax during the prior year

Assets:
Accelerated tax depreciation 
Other 

Liabilities:
Employee benefits 

Net liabilities 

(23) 
— 
(46) 

(69) 

2018 
£’000 

— 
(1,725) 
— 

(1,725) 

(968) 
— 
67 

(901) 

103 
12 
(496) 

(381) 

— 
(842) 
— 

(842) 

 Liabilities 

Net

2017 
£’000 

— 
(886) 
— 

(886) 

2018 
£’000 

16 
(1,725) 
217 

(1,492) 

(2,118) 
(886) 
(1,006)

(4,010)

2017
£’000

8
(886)
51

(827)

At 
3 September 
2017 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
1 September
2018
£’000

8 
51 

59 

(886) 

(886) 

(827) 

8 
144 

152 

(17) 

(17) 

135 

— 
22 

22 

(822) 

(822) 

(800) 

16
217

233

(1,725)

(1,725)

(1,492)

At 
4 September 
2016 
£’000 

Recognised 
in income 
£’000 

Recognised 
in equity 
£’000 

At
2 September
2017
£’000

2 
— 

2 

(56) 

(56) 

(54) 

6 
51 

57 

12 

12 

69 

— 
— 

— 

(842) 

(842) 

(842) 

Tax of £53,000 (2017: £90,000) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Group balance sheet. 
Tax of £nil (2017: £37,000) in respect of tax losses has not been recognised as a deferred tax asset in the Company balance sheet.

8
51

59

(886)

(886)

(827)

81

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

18 Inventories

Group 

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods for resale  

2018 
£’000 

10,536 
3,414 
28,421 

42,371 

2017
£’000

10,082 
3,174
23,767

37,023

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £588,000 (2017: £366,000). The amount recognised as an expense in the year in respect of the  
write down of inventories is £75,000 (2017: £nil). The amount recognised as a credit in the year in respect of reversals of write downs of inventories  
is £nil (2017: £127,000).

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales is £347,585,000 (2017: £305,977,000).

The Company has no inventories (2017: none).

Construction contracts disclosures

Contract costs incurred plus recognised profits less recognised losses to date 
Contract advances received 

Work in progress on construction contracts 

2018 
£’000 

2,406  
(383) 

2,023 

2017
£’000

2,623  
(804)

1,819 

Revenue from construction contracts 

32,406 

 20,521 

19 Trade and other receivables

Current:
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Trade receivables – net 
Amounts recoverable on contracts  
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 34)  
Amounts owed by other related parties (note 34) 
Loans receivable 
Other taxes and social security receivable 
Other receivables  
Prepayments and accrued income  

Non-current:
Amounts owed by Group undertakings (note 34) 
Amounts owed by other related parties (note 34) 
Other receivables 

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

58,261 
(1,747) 

56,514 
4,711 
— 
1,963 
79 
1,109 
1,299 
1,841 

67,516 

— 
— 
21 

21 

(Restated) 
2017 
£’000 

49,904  
(1,675) 

48,229 
4,408 
— 
2,257 
47 
872 
1,188 
2,722 

59,723 

— 
394 
50 

444 

2018 
£’000 

98 
(98) 

— 
— 
20,185 
1,677 
— 
328 
98 
227 

22,515 

15,405 
— 
— 

15,405 

2017
£’000

—
—

—
—
18,865
1,686
—
248
164
428

21,391

18,007
—
—

18,007

The movement in the provision for impaired trade receivables consists of increases for additional provisions offset by receivables written off and unused 
provision released back to the consolidated income statement. The provision is utilised when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

82

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19  Trade and other receivables (continued)
During the year a credit of £84,000 (2017: £111,000) has been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement in 
respect of the movement in provision for impairment of trade receivables.

No impairment of other receivables has been recognised in the current or preceding year.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within current trade and other receivables carry interest at Bank of England  
base rate + 2.50% or 4.50%. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

Interest bearing, non-trading amounts owed by Group undertakings within non-current receivables carry interest at 6.25%. Such amounts are  
unsecured and have a term of 5 years.

Group 

The ageing of trade 
  receivables is as follows:

Not past due 
Past due 1 – 30 days 
Past due 31 – 60 days 
Past due 61 – 90 days 
Past due 91 – 120 days 
Past 121 days 

Company 

The ageing of trade 
  receivables is as follows:

Past due 91 – 120 days 
Past 121 days 

2018 

2017

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but 
not impaired 
£’000 

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but
not impaired
£’000

34,810 
10,650 
4,282 
2,500 
1,592 
4,427 

58,261 

(101) 
(37) 
(77) 
(75) 
(47) 
(1,410) 

(1,747) 

2018 

N/A 
10,613 
4,205 
2,425 
1,545 
3,017 

21,805 

32,683 
7,393 
2,905 
1,649 
928 
4,346 

49,904 

N/A
7,355
2,859
1,603
880
3,003

15,700

(154) 
(38) 
(46) 
(46) 
(48) 
(1,343) 

(1,675) 

2017

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but 
not impaired 
£’000 

Gross 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000 

Past due but
not impaired
£’000

17 
81 

98 

(17) 
(81) 

(98) 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

—
—

—

In relation to trade receivables, the major source of estimation uncertainty is the recoverable value of those receivables. The judgements applied to this 
include the credit quality of customers, taking into account their financial positions, past experiences and other relevant factors. Individual customer 
credit limits are imposed based on these factors, and provisions for impairment are made using those judgements. Provisions for impairment are 
reviewed monthly by divisional management.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the year end is the carrying value, net of provision for impairment, of each receivable. The Group and Company 
do not hold any significant collateral as security (2017: none).

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

The carrying value of trade receivables are denominated 
in the following currencies:

Sterling 
US Dollar 
Euro 
New Zealand Dollar 

45,853 
860 
9,385 
416 

56,514 

38,150 
1,169 
7,994 
916 

48,229 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

—
—
—
—

—

83

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

20 Current tax assets

Corporation tax recoverable  
Group taxation relief  

21 Cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents per the balance sheet  
Bank overdrafts (note 23) 

Cash and cash equivalents per the statement of cash flows  

22 Trade and other payables

Current:
Trade payables  
Payments on account  
Amounts owed to Group undertakings (note 34)  
Amounts owed to other related parties (note 34)  
Other taxes and social security payable  
Contingent, deferred and unpaid cash consideration  
Other payables  
Accruals and deferred income  

Non-current:
Contingent consideration  
Accruals and deferred income  

Group 

Company

(Restated)
2017 
£’000 

297 
— 

297 

2018 
£’000 

886 
474 

1,360 

Group 

Company

2017 
£’000 

23,887 
(5,273) 

18,614 

2018 
£’000 

4,955 
— 

4,955 

2017
£’000

464
—

464

2017
£’000

8,494
—

8,494

Group 

Company

(Restated)
2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

16,215 
5,809 
— 
19,371 
1,090 
2,396 
6,764 
4,536 

56,181 

3,492 
263 

3,755 

— 
— 
9 
— 
691 
— 
438 
1,323 

2,461 

— 
— 

— 

—
—
31
—
637
—
318
551

1,537

—
—

—

2018 
£’000 

119 
— 

119 

2018  
£’000 

24,632 
(3,627) 

21,005 

2018 
£’000 

13,793 
5,023 
— 
25,084 
1,431 
2,371 
9,771 
6,817 

64,290 

1,576 
208 

1,784 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings and other related parties are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

During the year deferred consideration arose on an acquisition (note 28). In addition there remained initial cash consideration unpaid at the balance 
sheet date together with deferred and contingent consideration on prior year acquisitions. After retranslation at the balance sheet date of foreign  
currency denominated amounts, £2,371,000 of these outstanding payables are recognised within current liabilities and £1,576,000 are recognised  
within non-current liabilities.

84

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22 Trade and other payables (continued)
Included within accruals and deferred income is the following in respect of government grants:

At the beginning of the year  
Exchange differences 
Subsidiaries acquired 
Amortisation in the year 

At the end of the year  

Included within:
  Current liabilities 
  Non-current liabilities 

23 Borrowings

Current:
Bank overdrafts  
Bank loans and other borrowings  
Loans from Group undertakings (note 34)  
Finance leases  

Non-current:
Bank loans  
Finance leases  

Borrowings are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year  
In the second year  
In the third to fifth years inclusive  

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

269 
(1) 
— 
(54) 

214 

6 
208 

214 

2018 
£’000 

3,627 
30,444 
— 
923 

34,994 

3,564 
1,433 

4,997 

34,994 
1,916 
3,081 

39,991 

274 
2 
46 
(53) 

269 

6 
263 

269 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

Group 

Company

2017 
£’000 

5,273 
10,951 
— 
836 

17,060 

19,425 
1,541 

20,966 

17,060 
16,543 
4,423 

38,026 

2018 
£’000 

—  
13,378 
5,461 
— 

18,839 

3,564 
— 

3,564 

18,839 
1,188 
2,376 

22,403 

—
— 
—
—

—

—
—

—

2017
£’000

—
1,693
5,461
—

7,154

19,018
—

19,018

7,154
15,454
3,564

26,172

Group and Company borrowings are shown in the balance sheet net of arrangement fees of £53,000 (2017: £149,000) of which £17,000 (2017: £57,000)  
is deducted from current liabilities and £36,000 (2017: £92,000) is deducted from non-current liabilities.

The net borrowings are:
Borrowings as above  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net borrowings 

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

39,991 
(24,632) 

15,359 

2017 
£’000 

38,026 
(23,887) 

14,139 

2018 
£’000 

22,403 
(4,955) 

17,448 

2017
£’000

26,172
(8,494)

17,678

Bank loans and other borrowings includes an amount of £15,922,000 (2017: £6,988,000) which is secured on trade receivables. The Company, together 
with certain subsidiaries, act as guarantors on the bank loans. In addition, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC has legal charges over certain properties. 
Finance lease obligations are secured on the assets to which they relate.

Loans from Group undertakings are non-interest bearing. Such amounts are unsecured and repayable on demand.

The bank loans are repayable by instalments and the overdraft is repayable on demand.

Current bank loans (2017: non-current bank loans) includes a drawn down revolving credit facility of £11.8m (2017: £13.9m) which is repayable in June 
2019. At the year end the Group had £12.7m of undrawn revolving credit facilities (2017: £10.6m). At the date of signing these financial statements the 
facility has been renewed until November 2023.

85

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing its risk. These policies have remained 
unchanged throughout the year. 

Financial Instruments by currency

Group  

Sterling  Dollar 
£’000  £’000 

Assets 
Other investments 
Non-current receivables 
Current trade and other receivables 
Current derivatives 
Cash and cash equivalents 

50 
— 
50,535 
— 
16,761 

23 
21 
4,154 
13 
6,792 

US 
Euro 
£’000 

1 
— 
9,461 
13 
704 

2018 

NZ 

Dollar   Other 
£’000 

£’000  £’000 

Total  Sterling  
£’000 

— 
— 
416 
— 
281 

74 
— 
— 
21 
—  64,566 
— 
26 
94  24,632 

50 
50 
44,177 
— 
12,165 

                          (Restated)

US  
Dollar 
£’000 

23 
394 
3,699 
13 
6,192 

        2017

NZ

Euro 
£’000 

Dollar          Total
£’000        £’000

— 
— 
8,028 
— 
5,323 

— 
— 
225 
— 
207 

73
444
56,129
13
23,887

67,346  11,003 

10,179 

697 

94  89,319 

56,442 

10,321 

13,351 

432 

80,546

Liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Current derivatives 
Current trade and other payables 
Non-current borrowings 
Other non-current liabilities 

29,326 
— 
50,623 
4,997 
— 

148 
— 
4,957 
— 
1,576 

5,520 
— 
7,180 
— 
— 

84,946 

6,681 

12,700 

— 
— 
93 
— 
— 

93 

15,273 
—  34,994 
— 
— 
— 
—  62,853  42,656 
16,068 
— 
— 
— 

4,997 
1,576 

329 
— 
3,100 
— 
3,492 

1,458 
18 
9,269 
4,898 
— 

— 
— 
60 
— 
— 

17,060
18
55,085
20,966
3,492

—  104,420 

73,997 

6,921 

15,643 

60 

96,621

Company 

Assets 
Non-current receivables 
Current trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities 
Current borrowings 
Current trade and other payables 
Non-current borrowings 

2018 

2017

Sterling 
£’000 

US 
Dollar 
£’000 

Euro 
£’000 

US  
 Total  Sterling   Dollar 
£’000 
£’000 
£’000 

Euro 
£’000 

Total
£’000

— 
12,308 
3,765 

15,405 
1,239 
1,185 

— 
8,413 
5 

15,405 
21,960 
4,955 

— 
12,488 
7,271 

18,007 
1,243 
1,009 

— 
6,984 
214 

18,007
20,715
8,494

16,073 

17,829 

8,418  42,320 

19,759 

20,259 

7,198 

47,216

14,056 
1,770 
3,564 

19,390 

— 
— 
— 

— 

4,783 
— 
— 

18,839 
1,770 
3,564 

7,154 
900 
14,120 

4,783 

24,173 

22,174 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
4,898 

7,154
900
19,018

4,898 

27,072

Other taxes and social security receivable and prepayments are excluded from trade and other receivables in the tables above as they are not  
financial instruments. For this same reason other taxes and social security payable is excluded from trade and other payables. Deferred income  
in respect of government grants is excluded as it is not a financial liability.

Sensitivity analysis
The impact of a weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies at the balance sheet date is shown in the table below. The Directors 
consider that a 10% (2017: 10%) weakening or strengthening in Sterling against other currencies represents reasonable possible changes.

Impact on profit after taxation 
Impact on total equity 

10%  
weakening 
£’000 

861 
4,940 

2018 

10%  
strengthening 
 £’000 

(704) 
(4,042) 

            2017

10%  
weakening  
£’000 

1,429 
4,623 

10%
strengthening
£’000

(1,170)
(3,779)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all other variables 
have been held constant.

86

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained earnings and bank borrowings. The Group borrows in the desired currencies  
at fixed and floating rates of interest.

Group  

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings 
Finance lease liabilities 

Fixed rate 
Floating rate 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.70 
2.13 
2.39 

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.26 
1.82 
2.42 

2018 
£’000 

3,627 
  34,008 
2,356 

39,991 

2,356 
37,635 

39,991 

The Group’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows: 

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings 

US prime rate + 1.0% margin; US prime rate + 1.35% margin; Bank of England base rate +1.8% margin
Libor + 1.8%; Libor + 2.0%; Bank of England base rate + 1.15% margin; 1.3%

Company 

Bank loans 
Loans from Group undertakings 

Floating rate 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

2.18 
— 

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

1.93 
— 

2018 
£’000 

16,942 
5,461 

22,403 

The Company’s floating rate financial liabilities bear interest determined as follows: 

Bank loans  

Libor + 1.8%

2017
£’000

5,273
30,376
2,377

38,026

2,377
35,649

38,026

2017
£’000

20,711
5,461

26,172

87

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
The impact of a decrease or increase in interest rates during the year is shown in the table below. The Directors consider that a 1% movement in interest 
rates represents a reasonable possible change.

2018 

2017

1% decrease 
£’000 

1% increase 
£’000 

1% decrease 
£’000 

1% increase
£’000

Impact on profit after taxation 
Impact on total equity 

415 
415 

(415) 
(415) 

283 
283 

(283)
(283)

This sensitivity analysis is not an indication of actual results, which may materially differ. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis all other variables 
have been held constant.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy throughout the year has been to maintain a mix of short and medium term borrowings. Short-term flexibility is achieved by  
overdraft facilities. In addition it is the Group’s policy to maintain committed undrawn facilities in order to provide flexibility in the management  
of the Group’s liquidity.

The tables below analyse the Group and Company’s financial liabilities which will be settled on a net basis into relevant maturity groupings based on 
the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows which have been calculated using spot rates at the relevant balance sheet date. 

Group  

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans and other borrowings   
Finance lease liabilities 
Derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Other non-current liabilities 

Company 

Bank loans 
Loans from Group undertakings 
Trade and other payables 

2018  

  Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

Two to 
five 
years 
£’000 

3,627 
34,534 
2,537 
— 
62,853 
1,657 

3,627 
30,790 
992 
— 
62,853 
— 

— 
1,279 
786 
— 
— 
1,657 

— 
2,465 
759 
— 
— 
— 

Total 
£’000 

5,273 
31,357 
2,580 
18 
55,085 
3,671 

(Restated)
2017

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

5,273 
11,415 
903 
18 
55,085 
— 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

Two to
five
years
£’000 

— 
16,227 
737 
— 
— 
2,009 

—
3,715
940
—
—
1,662

105,208 

98,262 

3,722 

3,224 

97,984 

72,694 

18,973 

6,317

2018  

2017

  Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

Total 
£’000 

17,467 
5,461 
1,770 

13,723 
5,461 
1,770 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

1,279 
— 
— 

Two to 
five 
years 
£’000 

2,465 
— 
— 

Within 
one 
year 
£’000 

1,693 
5,461 
900 

One to 
two 
years 
£’000  

15,454 
— 
— 

Two to
five
years
£’000

3,564
—
—

Total 
£’000 

20,711 
5,461 
900 

24,698 

20,954 

1,279 

2,465 

27,072 

8,054 

15,454 

3,564

Trade and other payables in the tables above exclude other taxes and social security which do not meet the definition of financial liabilities under  
IFRS 7. Deferred income in respect of government grants has also been excluded as it does not give rise to a contractual obligation to pay cash.

88

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Future minimum lease payments of finance leases

Group  

Amount payable: 
Within one year 
In the second year 
In the third to fifth years inclusive 

Less: future finance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

Repayment profile

2018 
£’000 

923 
728 
705 

2,356 

2017
£’000

836
683
858

2,377

2018 
£’000 

992 
786 
759 

2,537 

(181) 

2,356 

2017 
£’000 

903 
737 
940 

2,580 

(203)

2,377

The Company has no finance lease obligations (2017: none). 

Borrowing facilities
The Group has various undrawn facilities. The undrawn facilities available at 1 September 2018, in respect of which all conditions precedent had  
been met, were as follows:

Expiring in one year or less 
Expiring within two and five years inclusive 

2018 
Floating rate 
£’000 

2017
Floating rate
£’000

14,868 
12,374 

27,242 

5,957
24,273

30,230

The Company’s overdraft is within a Group facility and it is therefore not possible to determine the Company’s undrawn facilities at the balance  
sheet date.

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. In order to maintain  
or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares  
or sell assets to reduce debt.

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total equity. Net debt is calculated as total 
borrowings (including current and non-current borrowings) as shown in the consolidated balance sheet less cash and cash equivalents. Total equity  
is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

At 1 September 2018 the Group had net debt of £15.4m (2017: £14.1m). Gearing was 12.7% at the year end.

The Group monitors cash balances and net debt on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and that it is compliant  
with banking covenants. 

Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 13 requires financial instruments that are measured at fair value to be classified according to the valuation technique used:

Level 1 –  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 –  inputs, other than Level 1 inputs, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices) 

Level 3 –  unobservable inputs

All derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value using Level 2 inputs. There were no transfers between levels in the above hierarchy  
in either the current or prior year.

The Group holds shares in several private limited companies. These have been classified as unquoted investments for which fair value cannot  
be reliably measured and are held at cost less accumulated impairment. Had fair value been applied this financial asset would have been Level 3.

89

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

24 Derivatives and other financial instruments (continued)
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of Group and Company financial assets and liabilities are not materially different to book value.

Derivative financial instruments 
Hedge of net investment in foreign subsidiaries
The Group hedges foreign denominated loans against its investment in foreign subsidiaries. A foreign exchange pre-tax loss of £4,000  
(2017: Pre-tax gain of £36,000) was recognised in equity during the year on translation of US dollar denominated loans with a fair value of $1,608,000  
(2017: $1,608,000) to sterling. A foreign exchange pre-tax gain of £115,000 (2017: pre-tax loss of £106,000) was recognised in equity during the year  
on translation of Euro denominated loans with a fair value of €5,330,000 (2017: €5,330,000) to sterling. The Group’s net investment hedge was fully  
effective in both the current and prior year and therefore no gain or loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Currency derivatives 
The Group and Company use forward foreign currency contracts to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair value  
of outstanding forward foreign currency contracts are as below:

Group   

At beginning of the year 
Gains during the year 

At end of the year 

Included within: 
  Current assets 
  Current liabilities 

2018 

Contractual 
or notional 
amount 
£’000 

Fair 
value 
£’000 

2017

Contractual
or notional
amount
£’000

Fair 
value 
£’000 

(3) 
16 

13 

13 
— 

13 

2,821 
(1,615) 

1,206 

1,206 
— 

1,206 

(20) 
17 

(3) 

13 
(16) 

(3) 

1,462
1,359

2,821

2,152
669

2,821

The Company has no forward foreign currency contracts.

The Group uses currency swaps to manage exchange risk exposure. At the balance sheet date, the fair value of outstanding currency swaps are as below:

Group  

At beginning of the year 
Gains/(losses) during the year 

At end of the year (current assets/(current liabilities)) 

The Company has no currency swaps (2017: none).

2018 

Contractual 
or notional 
amount 
£’000 

146 
(22) 

124 

Fair 
value 
 £’000 

(2) 
15 

13 

2017

Contractual
or notional
amount
£’000

—
146

146

Fair 
value 
£’000 

— 
(2) 

(2) 

Fair value has been determined by reference to the value of equivalent forward foreign currency contracts and currency swaps at the balance sheet date.

Gains and losses on currency related derivatives are included within administrative expenses.

90

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Retirement benefits
The Group participates in two defined benefit pension schemes, Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme.

Carr’s Group Pension Scheme
The Company sponsors the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme and offered a defined contribution and a defined benefit section. The assets of the  
scheme are held separately from those of the Group and are invested with independent investment managers.

From 1 September 2015 the defined contribution section was closed. Members of that section were enrolled in a new defined contribution scheme, 
the Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme (‘Carr’s Group RSS’), set up under a Master Trust arrangement.

The defined benefit section of the scheme was previously closed to new members, and has closed to future accrual with effect from 31 December 
2015. Members of this section became entitled to become members of the Carr’s Group RSS from 1 January 2016. There were no pension  
contributions made by the Group over the year to the defined benefit section (2017: £nil). 

 The following disclosures relate to the defined benefit section of the Carr’s Group Pension Scheme. The last full actuarial valuation of this scheme  
was carried out by a qualified independent actuary as at 31 December 2017 and updated on an approximate basis to 1 September 2018 by a qualified 
independent actuary. 

Major assumptions:

Inflation (RPI) 
Inflation (CPI) 
Rate of discount 
Pension in payment increases: 
  RPI or 5.0% per annum if less 
  RPI or 5.0% per annum if less, minimum 3.0% per annum 

2018 
% 

3.00 
2.10 
2.80 

3.00 
3.50 

2017
%

3.20
2.30
2.40

3.10
3.60

The mortality tables used in the valuation as at 1 September 2018 are 100% of S2PA with allowance for mortality improvements using CMI_2017  
with a 1.25%pa underpin. The mortality assumptions adopted imply the following life expectancies at age 65 as at 1 September 2018:

Males currently age 45 
Females currently age 45 
Males currently age 65 
Females currently age 65 

Amounts recognised in the Income Statement in respect of defined benefit schemes:

Service cost – administrative cost 
Net interest on the net defined benefit asset 

Total (income)/expense 

At 
1 September 
2018 

At
2 September
2017

23.4 years 
25.4 years 
22.0 years 
23.9 years 

23.5 years
25.4 years
22.1 years
23.9 years

2018 
£’000 

24 
(125) 

(101) 

2017
£’000

59
(6)

53

91

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

25 Retirement benefits (continued)
The (income)/expense is recognised within the Income Statement as shown below:

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

Within operating profit:
  Administrative expenses  
Within interest:
  Finance income 

Total (income)/expense 

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset to be shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income:

Net measurement – financial 
Net measurement – demographic 
Net measurement – experience 
Return on assets, excluding interest income 

Total remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset 

Amounts included in the Balance Sheet:

Present value of funded defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets  

Surplus in funded scheme 

Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year 
Interest cost 
Net measurement gains – financial 
Net measurement gains – demographic 
Net measurement (gains)/losses – experience 
Benefits paid 

Benefit obligation at the end of the year 

Benefit obligation by participant status:

Vested deferreds 
Retirees 

92

24 

(125) 

(101) 

2018 
£’000 

4,716 
486 
1,353 
(1,719) 

4,836 

2018 
£’000 

(60,488) 
70,634 

10,146 

2018 
£’000 

69,921 
1,624 
(4,716) 
(486) 
(1,353) 
(4,502) 

60,488 

2018 
£’000 

19,181 
41,307 

60,488 

59 

(6)

53

2017 
£’000

1,492
1,283
(1,888)
4,064

4,951

2017
£’000

(69,921)
75,130

5,209

2017
£’000

73,355
1,463
(1,492)
(1,283)
1,888
(4,010)

69,921

2017
£’000

24,472
45,449

69,921

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Retirement benefits (continued)
Reconciliation of opening and closing balances of the fair value of scheme assets:

Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the year 
Interest income on scheme assets 
Return on assets, excluding interest income 
Benefits paid 
Scheme administrative cost 

Fair value of scheme assets at the end of the year 

Analysis of the scheme assets and actual return:

Equity instruments  
Property  
Bonds  
Cash    
Other   

2018 
£’000 

75,130 
1,749 
(1,719) 
(4,502) 
(24) 

70,634 

2017
£’000

73,666
1,469
4,064
(4,010)
(59)

75,130

Fair value of assets

2018 
£’000 

12,306 
3,805 
48,618 
44  
5,861  

70,634 

2017
£’000

22,979
3,278
48,601
272
—

75,130

Actual return on scheme assets  

30 

5,533 

Sensitivity analysis
A sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities:

Change in 
assumption 

  Present value of defined
benefit obligation
£’000

 Decrease by 25 basis points 
  Increase by 25 basis points 
 Decrease by 25 basis points 
  Increase by 25 basis points 
Decrease by 1 year 
Increase by 1 year 

Discount rate 

Price inflation rate 

Mortality assumption 

Expected cash flows for the following year:

Expected employer contributions 
Expected contributions to reimbursement rights 
Expected total benefit payments:
  Year 1  
  Year 2 
  Year 3  
  Year 4  
  Year 5  
  Next 5 years  

62,722
58,374
59,270
61,641
62,760
58,245

£’000

—
—

4,633
4,769
4,908
5,051
5,198
28,351

93

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

25 Retirement benefits (continued)
Characteristics and the risks associated with the Scheme
Information about the characteristics of the Scheme:

The Scheme provides pensions in retirement and death benefits to members. Pension benefits are linked to a member’s final salary at  
31 December 2015 (or date of leaving, if earlier) and their length of service. Since 31 December 2015 the Scheme has been closed to future accrual.

The Scheme is a registered scheme under UK legislation.

The Scheme is subject to the scheme funding requirements outlined in UK legislation.

The Scheme was established under trust and is governed by the Scheme’s trust deed and rules dated June 2008. The Trustees are responsible for the 
operation and the governance of the Scheme, including making decisions regarding the Scheme’s funding and investment strategy in conjunction  
with the Company.

Information about the risks of the Scheme to the Company:

The Scheme exposes the Company to actuarial risks such as market (investment) risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk, currency risk and longevity risk.

The Scheme does not expose the Company to any unusual Scheme-specific or Company-specific risks.

Amount, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows
The Scheme’s investment strategy:

The Scheme’s investment strategy is to invest in return seeking assets and matching assets. This strategy reflects the Scheme’s liability profile and the 
Trustees’ attitude to risk. The Scheme’s investments include vehicles for interest rate and inflation hedging.

Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme

The Company offers membership in a Master Trust arrangement, Carr’s Group RSS, following the closure of both sections of the Carr’s Group  
Pension Scheme. The pension expense for this scheme for the year was £1,485,000 (2017: £911,000).

Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme

One of the Group’s subsidiaries, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd, is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme, 
which is a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme. For the reasons explained below this scheme is accounted for as a defined  
contribution scheme.

The scheme is closed to new entrants and has been closed to future accrual since 1 December 2007. There is currently a surplus, calculated in 
accordance with IAS 19, of £2.0m (2017: deficit of £2.3m). The sponsoring employer, Carrs Billington Agriculture (Operations) Ltd, is currently paying 
£0.8m per annum under the terms of the recovery plan agreed between them and the Trustees of the scheme.

Under the rules of the scheme, any employer wishing to exit the scheme would trigger a partial wind-up of the scheme and would therefore  
be responsible for their s75 debt. A full wind-up of the plan would also trigger s75 debts for each participating employer.

The history of the scheme is that it was brought together from many other pension schemes and employers following multiple acquisitions over 
several years. Many of those acquisitions had little or no records of employee histories. Because of this, approximately 85% of the scheme liabilities are 
‘Orphan Liabilities’. Under the rules of the scheme, on a wind-up the orphan liabilities would be split between the participating employers in the same 
proportion as their calculated share of non-orphan liabilities. At the last actuarial valuation, the buy-out deficit was £15.7m and the Group’s estimated 
liability on the wind up of the scheme was £7.6m.

Because of the scheme history described above, it is not possible to calculate the Group’s share of the assets and liabilities of the scheme, and 
consequently despite it being a defined benefit pension scheme the Group treats it as a defined contribution pension scheme for accounting purposes. 
The Group does not expect to pay any contributions to the scheme in the next reporting period (2017: £nil). Currently the deficit repair contributions are 
being funded solely by the sponsoring employer and this is expected to remain the case in the future. Those deficit repair contributions are based on 
the last triennial valuation of the scheme as at 31 December 2015, which showed that the scheme had a deficit of £4.4m on a technical provisions basis.

The Group’s level of participation in the scheme is estimated at 48.5%, which is based on its estimated share of the total buy-out liabilities. The Group  
has a 49% shareholding in its associate company which is the sponsoring company of the pension scheme. As a result of equity accounting for its share 
of the net assets of the associate the Group recognises 49% of the deficit calculated on an IAS 19 accounting basis within its ‘Investment in Associates’  
in its consolidated balance sheet.

Other pension schemes

Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd offered a Group Personal Pension Plan to some of its employees. From 1 September 2017 contributions into this 
plan ceased and employees were instead offered membership in the Carr’s Group Retirement Savings Scheme (Carr’s Group RSS). The pension expense 
for this plan in the year was £nil (2017: £521,000).  

The pension expense in respect of defined contribution pension arrangements in foreign subsidiaries during the year was £503,000 (2017: £308,000). 

Pension contributions into NEST during the year amounted to £62,000 (2017: £39,000).

The Group also pays contributions into various defined contribution schemes acquired through business combinations. The pension expense during  
the year in respect of these schemes was £17,000 (2017: £36,000).

94

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 201826 Share capital

Group and Company 

Authorised:
  Ordinary shares of 2.5p each 

Allotted and fully paid ordinary shares of 2.5p each: 
  At start of the year 
  Allotment of shares 

At end of the year 

2018 
Shares 

2018 
£’000 

2017 
Shares 

2017
£’000

140,000,000 

3,500 

140,000,000 

3,500

91,395,541 
7,571 

91,403,112 

2,285 
— 

2,285 

91,192,804 
202,737 

91,395,541 

2,280
5

2,285

The consideration received on the allotment of shares during the year was £11,292 (2017: £23,628).

For details of share based payment schemes see note 27.

Since the year end there was a further allotment of 7,540 shares with a nominal value of £189 due to the exercise of share options. In addition, to enable 
vesting of the Group’s long term incentive plan, 520,315 shares with a nominal value of £13,008 were allotted and held in treasury.

27 Share-based payments 
Group
The Group operates two active share based payment schemes at 1 September 2018.

Under the long term incentive plan shares will be awarded to eligible individuals subject to an earnings per share (EPS) target measured against  
average annual increases over a three year period. For the awards granted in November 2015, November 2016 and December 2017 an average  
annual growth of EPS must exceed 3.0% for 25% of the awards to vest and 100% vest at 10.0%, with a straight line calculation between 25% and  
100% of the award.

All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the share save scheme. Under this scheme employees are offered savings contracts  
for both 3 year and 5 year vesting period plans. The exercise period is 6 months from the vesting date.

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation of fair values are as follows:

Grant date 
Share price at grant date 
  (weighted average) 
Exercise price 
  (weighted average) 
Fair value per option at grant 
Number of employees 
Shares under option 
Vesting period (years) 
Model used for valuation 
Expected volatility 
Option life (years) 
Expected life (years) 
Risk-free rate 
Expected dividends 
  expressed as a 
  dividend yield 
Expectations of vesting 

Long Term  
Incentive Plan  
December 2017  

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2016 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
November 2015 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(3-Year Plan 
2018) 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(5-Year Plan   
2014) 

22/12/17  

14/11/16 

£1.240 

£1.440 

£0.00 
£1.119 
7 
611,596 
3 
Market value* 
— 
10 
6.5 
— 

£0.00 
£1.324 
7 
541,574 
3 
Market value* 
— 
10 
6.5 
— 

9/11/15 

£1.460 

£0.00 
£1.344 
7 
511,785 
3 
Market value* 
— 
10 
6.5 
— 

18/12/17 

£1.20 

£1.061 
£0.280 
267 
1,336,867 
3 
Binomial 
32.7% 
3.5 
3.25 
0.6% 

9/6/14 

£1.870 

£1.520 
£0.529 
22 
75,480 
5 
Black Scholes
26.9% 
5.5 
5.25 
2.07% 

1.68% 
100% 

1.78% 
100% 

2.54% 
100% 

2.7% 
95% 

1.93% 
95% 

* Discounted for dividends forgone over the three year vesting period.

The expected volatility has been calculated using historical daily data over a term commensurate with the expected life of each option.  
The expected life is the midpoint of the exercise period. The risk-free rate of return is the implied yield of zero-coupon UK Government bonds  
with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the award being valued.

95

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

27 Share-based payments (continued)
Number of options

Long Term  
Incentive Plan 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan  

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
December 2017   November 2016  November 2015  November 2014 
Number 
’000 

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

Number  
’000 

Number 
’000 

Number 
’000 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(3-Year Plan 
2018) 
Number 
’000 

Share Save 
Scheme 
(3-Year Plan 
2014) 
Number 
’000 

Share Save
Scheme
(5-Year Plan
2014)
Number
’000

282
—
—
(83)

199
—
—
(124)

75

—

—

1.25

1.00

2017
£’000

—
105
243
87 
—
37
13

485

Outstanding: 
At 3 September 2016 
Granted in the year 
Exercised in the year 
Forfeited in the year 

At 2 September 2017 
Granted in the year 
Exercised in the year 
Forfeited in the year 

At 1 September 2018 

Exercisable: 
At 2 September 2017 

At 1 September 2018 

Weighted average: 
Remaining contractual 
life (years) 

Remaining expected 
life (years) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
612 
— 
— 

612 

— 

— 

— 
579 
— 
(37) 

542 
— 
— 
— 

542  

— 

— 

625 
— 
— 
(113) 

512  
— 
— 
— 

512 

— 

— 

9.00 

8.00 

7.00 

5.50 

4.50 

3.50 

512  
— 
— 
(69) 

443 
— 
— 
(443) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
1,465 
— 
(128) 

1,337 

— 

— 

2.83 

2.58 

428 
— 
(5) 
(401) 

22 
— 
(7) 
(15) 

— 

22 

— 

— 

— 

The total expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

2018 
£’000 

228  
350 
435 
— 
86 
— 
26 

1,125 

Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2013 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018) 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 

96

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27 Share-based payments (continued)
Company
The movement in the number of outstanding options under the share schemes for the Company is not shown as it is immaterial and disclosure  
would be excessively lengthy.

The total expense recognised for the year arising from share based payments are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015  
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2013 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018) 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014)  
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

179 
255 
299 
— 
12 
— 
1 

746 

—
82
195
62 
—
8 
1

348

Share based payments awarded to employees of subsidiary undertakings and recognised as an investment in subsidiary undertakings in the  
Company are as follows:

Long Term Incentive Plan December 2017 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2016 
Long Term Incentive Plan November 2015  
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2018) 
Share Save Scheme (3-Year Plan 2014) 
Share Save Scheme (5-Year Plan 2014) 

Total carrying amount of investments 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

48 
118 
183 
74 
— 
84 

507 

—
23
48
—
9
58

138

28 Acquisition
Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd
On 31 October 2017 Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd acquired the entire issued share capital of Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd for cash consideration 
of £1.2m. Of this cash consideration £0.1m was deferred until February 2018 and a further £0.1m is deferred until the third anniversary of completion.

The principal activity of Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd is that of an agricultural retail business.

The primary reason for the business combination was the expansion of the existing agriculture business.

This purchase has been accounted for as an acquisition. Given the size and timing of the acquisition no separate disclosure has been presented  
on the face of the consolidated income statement as the impact would not be material. 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition in the year amounts to £658,000. Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration paid over the Group’s  
interests in the net fair value of the net identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

The following amounts have been recognised within the consolidated income statement in respect of the acquisition made in the year:

Revenue  
Profit before taxation 

There were no other recognised gains and losses other than the profit shown above.

£’000

4,318
188

97

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

28 Acquisition (continued)
Acquisition related costs amounted to £9,000, which have been recognised within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement and 
have been included in business combination expenses within non-recurring items (note 4).

The assets and liabilities recognised in the acquisition accounting are set out below:

Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Inventories 
Receivables 
Bank overdraft 
Payables 
Finance leases 
Taxation liabilities 
– Current 
– Deferred 

Net assets acquired 
Goodwill 

Satisfied by:
Cash consideration 
Deferred consideration 

Fair value
£’000

53
267
958
1,099
(445)
(1,196)
(108)

(33)
(40)

555
658

1,213

1,013
200

1,213

During the year £100,000 of the £200,000 deferred consideration has been paid. Cash consideration includes £73,000 that remains unpaid at the year end.

Intangible assets represents the fair value of customer relationships of Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd.

Pro forma full year information
IFRS3 (revised) requires disclosure of information as to the impact on the financial statements if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the  
accounting year.

The unaudited pro forma summary below presents the Group as if the acquisition had been acquired on 3 September 2017.

The pro forma amounts include the results of the acquisitions and the interest expense on the increase in net debt as a result of the acquisitions.  
The pro forma amounts do not include any possible synergies from the acquisition. The pro forma information is provided for comparative purposes  
only and does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.

Revenue  
Profit before taxation 

£’000

404,452
16,053

98

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
29 Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations

Profit for the year from continuing operations 
Adjustments for:
Tax  
Tax credit in respect of R & D 
Dividends received from subsidiaries  
Dividends received from associate and joint ventures 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation of investment property 
Goodwill impairment 
Intangible asset amortisation 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Release of contingent consideration 
Business combination expenses 
Net fair value expense on share based payments  
Other non-cash adjustments  
Finance costs: 
  Interest income 
  Interest expense and borrowing costs 
Share of results of associates and joint ventures 
IAS19 income statement charge (excluding interest) 
  (note 25) 
Changes in working capital (excluding the effects of  
  acquisitions):
Increase in inventories 
(Increase)/decrease in receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in payables 

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

13,647 

1,855 
(451) 
— 
— 
4,372 
6 
516 
397 
19 
— 
251 
1,125 
107 

(358) 
1,357 
(3,215) 

24 

(5,106) 
(7,015) 
7,449 

2017 
£’000 

8,295 

1,707 
(129) 
— 
— 
4,093 
6 
1,700 
124 
215 
(2,090) 
1,299 
485 
(222) 

(176) 
901 
(2,813) 

59 

(2,379) 
(383) 
4,402 

2018 
£’000 

2,541 

(642) 
— 
(4,625) 
(588) 
15 
— 
— 
— 
59 
— 
— 
746 
276 

(1,836) 
610 
— 

24 

— 
300 
996 

2017
£’000

3,349

(77)
—
(2,303)
(1,097)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
348
(742)

(1,861)
329
—

59

—
(224)
(720)

Cash generated from/(used in) continuing operations 

14,980 

15,094 

(2,124) 

(2,939)

30 Analysis of net debt

Group 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Bank overdrafts 

Loans and other borrowings:  
  – current 
  – non-current 

Finance leases: 
  – current 
  – non-current 

Net debt 

At 
3 September 
2017 
£’000 

23,887 
(5,273) 

18,614 

(10,951) 
(19,425) 

(836) 
(1,541) 

(14,139) 

Cash flow 
£’000 

1,050 
1,646 

2,696 

(6,025) 
2,407 

997 
— 

75 

Other 
non-cash 
changes 
£’000 

Exchange 
movements 
£’000 

At
1 September
2018
£’000

— 
— 

— 

(13,511) 
13,339 

(1,084) 
108 

(1,148) 

(305) 
— 

(305) 

43 
115 

— 
— 

24,632
(3,627)

21,005

(30,444)
(3,564)

(923)
(1,433)

(147) 

(15,359)

 Other non-cash changes relate to finance leases, debt acquired with subsidiaries and transfers between categories of borrowings. It also includes the 
release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement.

99

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

30 Analysis of net debt (continued)

Company 

At 3 September 
2017 
£’000 

Cash flow 
£’000 

Other  non-cash 
changes 
£’000 

Exchange 
movements 
£’000 

At 1 September
2018
£’000

Cash and cash equivalents  

8,494 

(3,541) 

— 

Loans and other borrowings: 
  – current 
  – non-current 

Net debt 

(7,154) 
(19,018) 

(17,678) 

1,826 
2,000 

285 

(13,511) 
13,339 

(172) 

2 

— 
115 

117 

4,955

(18,839)
(3,564)

(17,448)

Other non-cash changes relate to the release of deferred borrowing costs to the consolidated income statement and transfers between categories  
of borrowings.

31 Capital commitments

Group 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment that has been contracted 
  for but has not been provided for in the accounts  

The Company has no capital commitments (2017: none).

32 Other financial commitments 
Group
At 1 September 2018 the Group had commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

621 

966

Within one year  
Within two and five years inclusive  
After five years 

2018 

2017

Land and 
buildings 
£’000 

1,190 
3,448 
5,443 

10,081 

Other 
£’000 

522 
468 
— 

990 

Land and
buildings 
£’000 

1,095 
2,761 
5,764 

9,620 

Other
£’000

625
738
1

1,364

The Company has no commitments under non-cancellable operating leases (2017: none).

33 Financial guarantees and contingent liabilities
 The Company, together with certain subsidiary undertakings, has entered into a guarantee with Clydesdale Bank PLC in respect of the Group loans,  
overdraft, asset finance and guarantee facilities with that bank, which at 1 September 2018 amounted to £nil (2017: £1,593,000). 

Certain subsidiary undertakings utilise guarantee facilities with financial institutions which include their own bankers. These financial institutions in the normal  
course of business enter into certain specific guarantees with some of the subsidiaries’ customers. All these guarantees allow the financial institutions to have  
recourse to the subsidiaries if a guarantee is enforced. The total outstanding of such guarantees at 1 September 2018 was £4,359,000 (2017: £6,760,000).

The Company has provided specific guarantees to certain customers of subsidiaries. These are in place to guarantee the completion of the contract in  
any event. The contracts under these guarantees had a total contract value of £12,181,000 (2017: £2,037,000) and as at 1 September 2018 £5,064,000  
(2017: £2,037,000) remained uncompleted.

The Company has provided a guarantee over the lease of a premises occupied by a subsidiary. The guarantee is in respect of prompt and full payment  
of rents due throughout the term of the lease. As at 1 September 2018 the cumulative rent payable over the remaining term of the lease is £1,227,000 (2017: 
£1,362,000).

 The Company has entered into a guarantee with the Trustees of the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme in respect of the punctual payment  
of obligations due to the pension scheme by the participating employers of the scheme. The Company’s total liability shall not exceed £1,500,000 
(2017: £1,500,000).

One of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings is a participating employer in the Carrs Billington Agriculture Pension Scheme. On a wind-up of the scheme  
the buy-out deficit would be split between the participating employers with the Group’s level of participation in the scheme estimated at 48.5%.  
At the last actuarial valuation, the Group’s estimated liability on the wind-up of the scheme was £7.6m (2017: £7.6m).

From time to time the Company, or its subsidiaries, may be required to participate or otherwise become involved in legal proceedings, including  
those brought by government or regulatory bodies, which could potentially give rise to a contingent liability. At this time there is no expectation that any  
liabilities or other financial loss will be incurred in connection with any such proceedings.

 The Group and Company does not expect any of the above to be called in.

100

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34 Related parties
Group and Company
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and with its Directors. 

Transactions with key management personnel
Key management personnel are considered to be the Directors and their remuneration is disclosed within the Remuneration Committee Report.

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet 

Amounts owed by businesses controlled by key management 
  personnel (in a trading capacity): 
Trade receivables 

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

144 

74 

Revenue  

166 

296 

Transactions with subsidiaries

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings:
Loans   
Other receivables 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings:
Loans   
Other payables  

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Management charges receivable 
Dividends received  
Interest receivable  
Purchases 

— 

— 

—

—

Company

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

35,510 
80 

35,590 

(5,461) 
(9) 

(5,470) 

2,360 
4,625 
1,643 
(2) 

36,682
190

36,872

(5,461)
(31)

(5,492)

2,360
2,303
1,759
(1)

101

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)

34 Related parties (continued)
Transactions with associates

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by associates:
Trade and other receivables  

Amounts owed to associates:
Trade and other payables 

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Revenue  
Rental income  
Management charges receivable 
Dividends received 
Interest receivable 
Management charges payable 
Purchases 

Group  

   Company

2018 
£’000 

  (Restated) 
2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

2017
£’000

85 

841 

(25,072) 

(19,338) 

758 
20 
110 
— 
71 
(97) 
(114,350) 

874 
19 
93 
— 
6 
(126) 
(97,922) 

18 

— 

— 
— 
110 
588 
— 
— 
— 

17

—

—
—
45
245
—
—
—

Included within Group trade and other receivables is £nil (2017 restated: £631,000) in respect of loans owed by associates. Of this, £nil (2017: £237,000)  
is within current receivables and £nil (2017 restated: £394,000) is within non-current receivables.

Transactions with joint ventures

Balances reported in the Balance Sheet

Amounts owed by joint ventures:
Trade and other receivables 

Amounts owed to joint ventures:
Trade and other payables 

Group 

Company

2018 
£’000 

2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

1,734 

1,736 

1,659 

(12) 

(33) 

— 

Included within Group trade and other receivables is £1,659,000 (2017: £1,663,000) in respect of loans owed by joint ventures. 
Included within Company trade and other receivables is £1,659,000 (2017: £1,663,000) in respect of loans owed by joint ventures.

Transactions reported in the Income Statement

Revenue 
Management charges receivable 
Dividends received 
Purchases 

2018 
£’000 

696 
152 
— 
(1,138) 

Group 

Company

2017 
£’000 

2018 
£’000 

554 
139 
— 
(757) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

2017
£’000

1,669

—

2017
£’000

—
—
852
—

35 Post balance sheet events
Acquisition
On 21 September 2018, after the year end, the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Animax Ltd, a producer of market-leading animal health 
products, for a total cash consideration of up to £8.5m. As part of the acquisition, the Group also acquired the entire issued share capital of Animax Ltd’s 
related party, Clinimax Ltd. Clinimax Ltd is a manufacturer of specialist disinfectant products for use in the medical industry.

Both businesses were acquired for an initial cash consideration of £6.0m, with an additional cash consideration of up to a maximum of £2.5m payable 
over the period to November 2020, based on the achievement of agreed financial targets.

The acquisition of Animax Ltd aligns with the Group’s stated strategy of investing in growing agriculture markets in the UK and internationally.

Given that this has been a recent acquisition the identifiable assets and liabilities at completion and goodwill have yet to be finalised. The Directors 
therefore consider it impracticable to be able to disclose this information in these financial statements. The most recent published financial statements, 
for year ended 30 November 2017, showed net assets of £4.2m for Animax Limited and £0.2m net assets for Clinimax Limited.

The table opposite is an extract from the Animax Limited balance sheet as at 30 November 2017:

102

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35 Post balance sheet events (continued)

Tangible assets 
Net current assets 
Non-current liabilities and provisions 
Net assets 

£’000

1,814
2,742
(380) 
4,176

High Court legal ruling
Since the year end, the High Court has ruled on the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Ltd v Lloyds Bank plc and others. The ruling that 
Lloyds Bank Group must amend its three defined benefit pension schemes in order to equalise Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMPs) between males 
and females will impact how companies account for pension schemes under IAS 19. Given the timing of this ruling and the date of signing these financial 
statements it is considered impracticable to reflect any potential financial impact to the accounting for the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme 
within this Report and Accounts. Any impact arising from this ruling will be reflected in the IAS 19 accounting in the Group’s interim results for 2019. This  
is not expected to be material to the Group’s net assets.

36 Restatement of year ended 2 September 2017 balance sheet
The financial statements for year ended 2 September 2017 included provisional fair value accounting for the acquisition of NuVision Engineering, Inc  
which occurred on 4 August 2017. Given the proximity of the acquisition to the year end and date of publication of the report and accounts for 2017  
it was not possible to finalise the accounting for this acquisition at that time. IFRS 3 permits the acquirer to determine fair values in the period  
subsequent to acquisition (the ‘measurement period’). Where measurement period adjustments are identified the comparative information included  
in subsequent financial statements should be restated to include the effect of the adjustments as if the accounting for the business combination had  
been completed on the acquisition date.

The balance sheet as at 2 September 2017 has been restated in accordance with IFRS 3 to reflect the measurement period adjustments identified  
during the finalisation of the acquisition accounting.

The table below shows the finalised fair values of assets and liabilities acquired, consideration payable and goodwill, translated to sterling using  
exchange rates as at the date of acquisition.

Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment in associate 
Receivables 
Loan due from associate 
Current taxation asset 
Cash at bank 
Bank loan 
Payables 
Current taxation liability 
Deferred taxation liability 

Net assets acquired 
Goodwill  

Satisfied by: 
Cash consideration 
Contingent consideration 

The effect on the balance sheet for the year ended 2 September 2017 is shown below.

Goodwill 
Non-current loans receivable 
Current tax assets 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

Foreign currency denominated balances have been translated using exchange rates as at the balance sheet date. 

Provisional 
fair value 
£’000 

Finalised
fair value
£’000

1,488 
1,250 
544 
766 
940 
185 
1,196 
(528) 
(1,147) 
— 
(850) 

3,844 
8,293 

12,137 

8,044 
4,093 

12,137 

Original 
£’000 

24,241 
762 
485 
(56,008) 
(632) 
(4,423) 

1,488
1,250
544
766
627
—
1,196
(528)
(1,147)
(40)
(850)

3,306
8,344

11,650

7,931
3,719

11,650

Restated
£’000

24,293
444
297
(56,181)
(673)
(3,755)

103

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Year Statement

Continuing operations 
Revenue and Results 

Revenue  

Operating profit  

Analysed as:
Operating profit before amortisation and
  non-recurring items 
Amortisation and non-recurring items 

Operating profit  

Finance income 
Finance costs 

Profit before taxation  

Analysed as:
Profit before taxation before amortisation  
  and non-recurring items 
Amortisation and non-recurring items  

Profit before taxation  
Taxation 

(Restated)9 
2014 
£’000 

341,849 

14,124 

14,423 
(299) 

14,124 

264 
(1,171) 

13,217 

13,516 
(299) 

13,217 
(2,873) 

Profit for the year from continuing operations 

10,344 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

2,549 

Profit for the year 

Ratios (continuing operations)
Operating margin (excluding non-recurring items
  and amortisation)9 
Return on net assets (excluding non-recurring  
  items and amortisation) 
Earnings per share   – basic8 

Dividends per ordinary share8 

– adjusted8 

12,893 

4.2% 

15.0% 
9.9p 
10.2p 
3.4p 

(Restated)7,9 

2015 
£’000 

(Restated)9 
2016 
£’000 

(Restated)9
2017 
£’000 

2018
£’000

331,285 

14,397 

14,648 
(251) 

14,397 

338 
(1,045) 

13,690 

13,941 
(251) 

13,690 
(3,010) 

10,680 

3,013 

13,693 

4.4% 

14.1% 
10.0p 
10.2p 
3.7p 

314,907 

346,224 

403,192

14,851 

10,690 

16,405

15,063 
(212) 

14,851 

236 
(1,009) 

14,078 

14,290 
(212) 

14,078 
(2,907) 

11,171 

2,817 

13,988 

4.8% 

13.0% 
10.7p 
10.9p 
3.8p 

12,091 
(1,401) 

10,690 

176 
(864) 

17,464
(1,059)

16,405

358
(1,261)

10,002 

15,502

11,403 
(1,401) 

10,002 
(1,707) 

8,295 

— 

8,295 

3.5% 

10.8% 
7.7p 
8.9p 
4.0p 

16,561
(1,059)

15,502
(1,855)

13,647

—

13,647

4.3%

13.7%
13.0p
13.9p
4.5p

Revenue and results included in the table above have been restated to reflect the disposal of Carr’s Flour Mills Ltd in the year ended 3 September 2016. 
The profit after taxation from this business has been included within profit for the year from discontinued operations in the table above.

7 Restated for the reclassification to interest income of the net interest on the net defined benefit retirement asset previously recognised within operating profit.

8 Restated for the effect of the 10:1 share split in January 2015.

9 Restated for the reclassification to operating profit of the share of post-tax results of the associates and joint ventures.

104

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net assets employed 

Non-current assets
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets  
Property, plant and equipment  
Investment property 
Investments  
Financial assets
– Non-current receivables  
Retirement benefit asset 
Deferred tax assets  

Current assets
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables  
Current tax assets  
Financial assets
– Derivative financial instruments 
– Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets  

Current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
– Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities
– Borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

2014 
£’000 

9,798 
499 
56,626 
656 
11,796 

501 
2,056 
1,507 

83,439 

33,315 
63,623 
47 

— 
17,268 

114,253 

197,692 

(19,688) 
(15) 
(54,236) 
(1,631) 

(75,570) 

(22,189) 
(4,111) 
(5,995) 

(32,295) 

(Restated)10 

2015 
£’000 

10,849 
448 
58,385 
636 
13,530 

50 
1,767 
861 

2016 
£’000 

11,440 
286 
35,811 
182 
14,996 

50 
311 
— 

86,526 

63,076 

35,031 
64,454 
839 

50 
20,052 

120,426 

206,952 

(18,721) 
(72) 
(54,496) 
(472) 

(73,761) 

(25,744) 
(4,184) 
(4,300) 

(34,228) 

33,423 
56,940 
303 

— 
48,411 

139,077 

202,153 

(21,642) 
(20) 
(46,823) 
(470) 

(68,955) 

(18,625) 
(1,817) 
(2,668) 

(23,110) 

(Restated)11
2017 
£’000 

24,293 
2,266 
37,149 
176 
18,106 

444 
5,209 
— 

87,643 

37,023 
59,723 
297 

13 
23,887 

120,943 

208,586 

(17,060) 
(18) 
(56,181) 
(673) 

2018
£’000

24,272
2,223
38,484
170
21,207

21
10,146
—

96,523

42,371
67,516
119

26
24,632

134,664

231,187

(34,994)
—
(64,290)
(175)

(73,932) 

(99,459)

(20,966) 
(4,010) 
(3,755) 

(4,997)
(3,981)
(1,784)

(28,731) 

(10,762)

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

(107,865) 

(107,989) 

(92,065) 

(102,663) 

(110,221)

89,827 

98,963 

110,088 

105,923 

120,966

10 Restated for the grossing up of cash and cash equivalents and bank overdrafts, included within current borrowings, for accounts with right of offset within the same banking facility.

11 Restated for the finalisation of the fair value acquisition accounting for NuVision Engineering, Inc.

105

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directory of Operations

Carr’s Group plc 
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, 
Cumbria CA3 9BA 
Tel: 01228 554600  
Web: www.carrsgroup.com

AGRICULTURE

ACC Feed Supplement LLC*  
5101 Harbor Drive,  
Sioux City, Iowa 51111 USA  
Tel: 001 712 255 6927 

Afgritech LLC*  
810 Waterman Drive, 
Watertown,  
New York 13601 USA  
Tel: 001 315 785 3625

AminoMax  
Lansil Way, Lancaster  
LA1 3QY  
Tel: 01524 597 200

Animal Feed Supplement, 
Inc 
East Highway 212,  
PO Box 188, Belle Fourche, 
South Dakota 57717 USA  
Tel: 001 605 892 3421 

Animal Feed Supplement, 
Inc 
PO Box 105,  
101 Roanoke Avenue,  
Poteau, Oklahoma 74953 USA 
Tel: 001 918 647 8133 

Animal Feed Supplement, 
Inc 
PO Box 569, 1700 US,  
50 East, Silver Springs,  
Nevada 89429 USA 
Tel: 001 775 577 2002

Animax Limited 
Shepherds Grove West, 
Stanton, Bury St Edmund’s, 
Suffolk IP31 2AR 
Tel: 01359 252 181

Animax NZ Limited 
86 Highbrook Drive, Auckland 
2013, New Zealand

Bibby Agriculture* 
Priory House, Priory Street, 
Carmarthen SA31 1NE  
Tel: 01267 232 041

Bibby Agriculture* 
1A Network House, Badgers 
Way, Oxon Business Park, 
Shrewsbury,  
Shropshire SY3 5AB 
Tel: 01743 237 890

Caltech  
Solway Mills, Silloth, Wigton, 
Cumbria CA7 4AJ  
Tel: 016973 32592 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Warren Road, Brecon,  
Powys LD3 8EF  
Tel: 01874 623470

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Parkhill Road, Kingstown  
Industrial Estate,  
Carlisle CA3 0EX 
Tel: 01228 518860 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Lansil Way, Lancaster LA1 3QY 
Tel: 01524 597 200 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
High Mill, Langwathby,  
Penrith CA10 1NB  
Tel: 01228 518 860

106

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Lion Works, Pool Road, 
Newtown,  
Powys SY16 3AG 
Tel: 01686 626680

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Cold Meece, Stone, 
Staffordshire ST15 0QW  
Tel: 01785 760 535

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Micklow House Farm, 
Eccleshall Road, Stone, 
Staffordshire ST15 0BY  
Tel: 01782 374387

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Cilherwydd Store,  
Llanboidy, Whitland, 
Carmarthenshire SA34 0LL  
Tel: 01994 448209

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Operations)** 
Pow Hill, Kirkbride,  
Wigton, Cumbria CA7 5LF  
Tel: 01697 352229 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Anglesey 
Unit 36, Gaerwen Industrial 
Estate, Anglesey LL60 6HR  
Tel: 01248 422486

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Annan 
2 Annan Business Park, Annan, 
Dumfriesshire DG12 6TZ 
Tel: 01461 202772 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Appleby 
Crosscroft Industrial Estate, 
Appleby, Cumbria CA16 6HX 
Tel: 01768 352999

Carrs Billington Agriculture  
(Sales), Ayr 
1A Whitfield Drive, Heathfield 
Ind Est, Ayr, Ayrshire KA8 9RX  
Tel: 01292 263635

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Bakewell 
Unit 4-6, Kingfisher Building, 
Buxton Road, Bakewell, 
Derbyshire DE45 1GZ  
Tel: 01629 814126

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Barnard Castle 
Montalbo Road, Barnard 
Castle, Durham DL12 8ED 
Tel: 01833 637537 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Berwick upon Tweed 
29 Northumberland Road, 
Berwick upon Tweed, 
Tweedmouth, 
Northumberland TD15 2AS  
Tel: 01289 307 245 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Brecon 
Warren Road Stores, Warren 
Road, Brecon, Powys LD3 8EF 
Tel: 01874 623470

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Brock 
Brockholes Way, Claughton 
Trading Estate, Lancaster Old 
Road, Claughton on Brock, 
Preston PR3 0PZ  
Tel: 01995 643 200 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Carlisle 
Montgomery Way, Rosehill 
Estate, Carlisle CA1 2UY  
Tel: 01228 520212 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Cockermouth 
Unit 5, Lakeland Agricultural 
Centre, Cockermouth  
CA13 0QQ 
Tel: 01900 824 105 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Skipton 
Skipton Auction Mart, 
Gargrave Road, Skipton,  
North Yorkshire BD23 1UD  
Tel: 01756 792166

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Gisburn 
Pendle Mill, Mill Lane, Gisburn, 
Clitheroe, Lancashire BB7 4ES 
Tel: 01200 445 491

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Spennymoor 
Southend Works, Byers Green, 
Spennymoor, Durham DL16 7NL 
Tel: 01388 662266

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Hawes 
Burtersett Road, Hawes,  
North Yorkshire DL8 3NP  
Tel: 01969 667334 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Hexham 
Tyne Mills Industrial Estate, 
Hexham, Northumberland  
NE46 1XL 
Tel: 01434 605371

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Jedburgh 
Mounthooly, Crailing, 
Jedburgh TD8 6TJ  
Tel: 01835 850250 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Kendal 
Unit 1, J36, Rural Auction 
Centre, Crooklands, 
Milnthorpe, Kendal,  
Cumbria LA7 7FP 
Tel: 01539 566035

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Leek 
Macclesfield Road, Leek, 
Staffordshire ST13 8NR 
Tel: 01538 383277

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Malton 
31 Horsemarket, Malton, 
North Yorkshire YO17 7NB 
Tel: 01653 600328

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Milnathort 
Stirling Road, Milnathort, 
Kinross KY13 9UZ  
Tel: 01577 862381 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Morpeth 
Unit 20c, Coopies Lane  
Industrial Estate, Morpeth, 
Northumberland NE61 6JN 
Tel: 01670 503930 

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Morpeth (Greens) 
Old Station Buildings, 
Coopies Lane, Morpeth, 
Northumberland NE61 2SL  
Tel: 01670 518474

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Penicuik 
4 Eastfield Park Road,  
Penicuik, Midlothian EH26 8EZ  
Tel: 01968 707040

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Penrith 
Haweswater Road, Penrith 
Industrial Estate, Penrith, 
Cumbria CA11 9EU 
Tel: 01768 866354

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Rothbury 
The Store, Coquet View,  
Rothbury, Morpeth, 
Northumberland NE65 7RZ 
Tel: 01669 620320

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Selkirk 
Dunsdale Haugh, Selkirk, 
Selkirkshire TD7 5EF 
Tel: 01750 720734

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Stirling 
Stirling Agricultural Centre, 
Stirling FK9 4RN  
Tel: 01786 474826

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Wigton 
Hopes Auction Co Ltd, Skye 
Road, Wigton, Cumbria  
CA7 9NS 
Tel: 016973 45874

Carrs Billington Agriculture 
(Sales), Wooler 
Bridge End, South Road, 
Wooler, Northumberland 
NE71 6QE  
Tel: 01668 281567

Carr’s Supplements (NZ) 
Limited 
515a Wairakei Road,  
Burnside, Christchurch,  
8053, New Zealand  
Tel: 0064 03 974 9274

Clinimax Limited 
Shepherds Grove West, 
Stanton, Bury St Edmund’s, 
Suffolk IP31 2AR 
Tel: 01359 252181

Crystalyx Products GmbH* 
Am Stau 199-203, 26122, 
Oldenburg, Germany 
Tel: 00 49 441 2188 92142

Gold-Bar Feed  
Supplements LLC* 
783 Eagle Boulevard, 
Shelbyville, TN 37160, USA 
Tel: 001 877 618 6455

Johnstone Wallace Fuels, 
Castle Douglas 
Abercromby Industrial Park, 
Castle Douglas, Dumfriesshire 
DG7 1BA 
Tel: 01387 750747

Johnstone Wallace Fuels,  
Dumfries 
Dargavel Stores,  
Lockerbie Road, Dumfries, 
Dumfriesshire DG1 3PG 
Tel: 01387 750747

Johnstone Wallace Fuels, 
Stranraer 
Droughduil, Dunragit, 
Stranraer DG9 8QA  
Tel: 01387 750747

Phoenix Feeds, a division  
of Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
1 Station Park, Ramsgreave 
Road, Blackburn,  
Lancashire BB1 9BH 
Tel: 01254 240888

Reid & Robertson, a 
division of Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Livestock Auction Mart, 
Whiteford Hill, Ayr KA6 5JW  
Tel: 01292 619229

Reid & Robertson, a 
division of Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Ballagan, Stirling Road, 
Balloch G83 8LY  
Tel: 01389 752800

Reid & Robertson, a 
division of Carrs Billington 
Agriculture (Sales) Ltd 
Unit 3 Oban Livestock Centre 
Soroba, Oban, Argyll PA34 4SD   
Tel: 01631 566279

Scotmin 
13 Whitfield Drive, Heathfield 
Industrial Estate, Ayr KA8 9RX 
Tel: 01292 280 909

Silloth Storage Company* 
Station Road, Silloth, 
Wigton, Cumbria CA7 4JQ 

Wallace Oils 
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 534 342 

Wallace Oils 
Tyne Mills Industrial Estate, 
Hexham, Northumberland 
NE46 1XL  
Tel: 01434 600404

Wallace Oils 
Lancaster Mill, Lansil Way 
Lancaster, Lancashire LA1 3QY 
Tel: 01524 599333

Wallace Oils 
Lakeland Agricultural Centre 
Cockermouth, Cumbria  
CA13 0QQ 
Tel: 01900 828800

Wallace Oils 
High Mill, Langwathby, 
Penrith, Cumbria CA10 1NB  
Tel: 01768 889899

Workware 
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 591 091

ENGINEERING 

Bendalls 
Brunthill Road, Kingstown 
Industrial Estate, Carlisle  
CA3 0EH 
Tel: 01228 526 246

R Hind 
Kingstown Broadway, 
Kingstown Industrial Estate, 
Carlisle CA3 0HA 
Tel: 01228 523 647

Carrs MSM 
Unit 1 Spitfire Way, Hunts 
Rise, South Marston Park, 
Swindon, Wiltshire SN3 4TX 
Tel: 01793 824 891

Chirton Engineering 
Unit 4A, High Flatworth,  
Tyne Tunnel Trading Estate, 
North Shields, Tyne & Wear  
NE29 7SW 
Tel: 0191 296 2020

Wälischmiller  
Engineering GmbH 
Schießstattweg 16, 88677 
Markdorf, Germany 
Tel: 0049 7544 95140

NuVision Engineering, Inc 
2403 Sidney Street, Suite 
700, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 
15203, USA  
Tel: 001 888 748 8232

NuVision Engineering, Inc 
184 B Rolling Hill Road, 
Mooresville, North Carolina 
28117, USA 
Tel: 001 704 799 2707

* joint venture company 
** associate company

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Registered Office and Advisers

Registered Office
Carr’s Group plc
Old Croft, Stanwix,
Carlisle
CA3 9BA
Registered No. 98221

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Central Square South,
Orchard Street,
Newcastle upon Tyne
NE1 3AZ

Bankers
Clydesdale Bank PLC
82 English Street,
Carlisle
CA3 8HP

The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC
37 Lowther Street,
Carlisle
CA3 8EL

Financial Adviser and Broker
Investec Bank (UK) Ltd
30 Gresham Street,
London
EC2V 7QP

Financial and Corporate PR Advisers
Powerscourt
1 Tudor Street,
London
EC4Y 0AH

Solicitors
Hill Dickinson LLP
1 St Paul’s Square,
Liverpool
L3 9SJ

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry,
34 Beckenham Road,
Beckenham,
Kent
BR3 4TU

Dormant Subsidiaries at 1 September 2018

Company Name
B. E. Williams Ltd
Caltech Biotechnology Ltd
Carrs Animal Feed Supplements Ltd
Carrs Feeds Ltd
Carrs Fertilisers Ltd 
Carr’s International Industries Ltd
Carr’s Milling Industries Ltd
Carrs Milling Ltd
Carrs Natural Feeds Ltd 
Chirton Engineering Ltd
Forsyths of (Wooler) Ltd 
Greens Flour Mills Ltd 
Horse and Pet Warehouse Ltd 
Johnstone Fuels and Lubricants Ltd
Pearson Farm Supplies Ltd
Phoenix Feeds Ltd
R Hind Ltd
Reid and Robertson Ltd 
Robert Hutchison Ltd 
Safe at Work Ltd
Scotmin Nutrition Ltd 
Simarghu Ltd
Walischmiller Solutions Ltd 
Wallace Oils Ltd
WM. Nicholls and Company (Crickhowell) Ltd

Registered and Located
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Ownership
51%12
100%
100%
51%12
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
51%12
100%
51%12
51%12
51%12
51%12
100%
51%12
100%
51%12
100%
51%12
100%
51%12
51%12

12 100% owned by Carrs Billington Agriculture (Sales) Ltd which is a 51% subsidiary of Carr’s Group plc.

Companies registered in England and Wales have a registered office of Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle, Cumbria CA3 9BA. Companies registered in Scotland 
have a registered office of 13 Whitfield Drive, Heathfield Ind. Est., Ayr KA8 9RX, with the exception of Horse and Pet Warehouse Ltd which has  
a registered office of 1a Whitfield Drive, Heathfield Ind. Est., Ayr KA8 9RX.

107

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Strategic Report / Corporate Governance / Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes

108

Carr’s Group plcAnnual Report and Accounts 2018Designed and produced by corporateprm, Edinburgh and London. www.corporateprm.co.uk

Registered address:
Old Croft, Stanwix, Carlisle CA3 9BA
www.carrsgroup.com